BuildBot Manual - 0.8.4p2

Table of Contents


Next: , Previous: (dir), Up: (dir)

BuildBot

This is the BuildBot manual for Buildbot version 0.8.4p2.

Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Brian Warner

Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved.


Next: , Previous: Top, Up: Top

1 Introduction

The BuildBot is a system to automate the compile/test cycle required by most software projects to validate code changes. By automatically rebuilding and testing the tree each time something has changed, build problems are pinpointed quickly, before other developers are inconvenienced by the failure. The guilty developer can be identified and harassed without human intervention. By running the builds on a variety of platforms, developers who do not have the facilities to test their changes everywhere before checkin will at least know shortly afterwards whether they have broken the build or not. Warning counts, lint checks, image size, compile time, and other build parameters can be tracked over time, are more visible, and are therefore easier to improve.

The overall goal is to reduce tree breakage and provide a platform to run tests or code-quality checks that are too annoying or pedantic for any human to waste their time with. Developers get immediate (and potentially public) feedback about their changes, encouraging them to be more careful about testing before checkin.

Features:


Next: , Up: Introduction

1.1 History and Philosophy

The Buildbot was inspired by a similar project built for a development team writing a cross-platform embedded system. The various components of the project were supposed to compile and run on several flavors of unix (linux, solaris, BSD), but individual developers had their own preferences and tended to stick to a single platform. From time to time, incompatibilities would sneak in (some unix platforms want to use string.h, some prefer strings.h), and then the tree would compile for some developers but not others. The buildbot was written to automate the human process of walking into the office, updating a tree, compiling (and discovering the breakage), finding the developer at fault, and complaining to them about the problem they had introduced. With multiple platforms it was difficult for developers to do the right thing (compile their potential change on all platforms); the buildbot offered a way to help.

Another problem was when programmers would change the behavior of a library without warning its users, or change internal aspects that other code was (unfortunately) depending upon. Adding unit tests to the codebase helps here: if an application's unit tests pass despite changes in the libraries it uses, you can have more confidence that the library changes haven't broken anything. Many developers complained that the unit tests were inconvenient or took too long to run: having the buildbot run them reduces the developer's workload to a minimum.

In general, having more visibility into the project is always good, and automation makes it easier for developers to do the right thing. When everyone can see the status of the project, developers are encouraged to keep the tree in good working order. Unit tests that aren't run on a regular basis tend to suffer from bitrot just like code does: exercising them on a regular basis helps to keep them functioning and useful.

The current version of the Buildbot is additionally targeted at distributed free-software projects, where resources and platforms are only available when provided by interested volunteers. The buildslaves are designed to require an absolute minimum of configuration, reducing the effort a potential volunteer needs to expend to be able to contribute a new test environment to the project. The goal is for anyone who wishes that a given project would run on their favorite platform should be able to offer that project a buildslave, running on that platform, where they can verify that their portability code works, and keeps working.


Next: , Previous: History and Philosophy, Up: Introduction

1.2 System Architecture

The Buildbot consists of a single buildmaster and one or more buildslaves, connected in a star topology. The buildmaster makes all decisions about what, when, and how to build. It sends commands to be run on the build slaves, which simply execute the commands and return the results. (certain steps involve more local decision making, where the overhead of sending a lot of commands back and forth would be inappropriate, but in general the buildmaster is responsible for everything).

The buildmaster is usually fed Changes by some sort of version control system (see Change Sources), which may cause builds to be run. As the builds are performed, various status messages are produced, which are then sent to any registered Status Targets (see Status Targets).

Overview Diagram

The buildmaster is configured and maintained by the “buildmaster admin”, who is generally the project team member responsible for build process issues. Each buildslave is maintained by a “buildslave admin”, who do not need to be quite as involved. Generally slaves are run by anyone who has an interest in seeing the project work well on their favorite platform.


Next: , Up: System Architecture

1.2.1 BuildSlave Connections

The buildslaves are typically run on a variety of separate machines, at least one per platform of interest. These machines connect to the buildmaster over a TCP connection to a publically-visible port. As a result, the buildslaves can live behind a NAT box or similar firewalls, as long as they can get to buildmaster. The TCP connections are initiated by the buildslave and accepted by the buildmaster, but commands and results travel both ways within this connection. The buildmaster is always in charge, so all commands travel exclusively from the buildmaster to the buildslave.

To perform builds, the buildslaves must typically obtain source code from a CVS/SVN/etc repository. Therefore they must also be able to reach the repository. The buildmaster provides instructions for performing builds, but does not provide the source code itself.

BuildSlave Connections


Next: , Previous: BuildSlave Connections, Up: System Architecture

1.2.2 Buildmaster Architecture

The Buildmaster consists of several pieces:

BuildMaster Architecture

Each Builder is configured with a list of BuildSlaves that it will use for its builds. These buildslaves are expected to behave identically: the only reason to use multiple BuildSlaves for a single Builder is to provide a measure of load-balancing.

Within a single BuildSlave, each Builder creates its own SlaveBuilder instance. These SlaveBuilders operate independently from each other. Each gets its own base directory to work in. It is quite common to have many Builders sharing the same buildslave. For example, there might be two buildslaves: one for i386, and a second for PowerPC. There may then be a pair of Builders that do a full compile/test run, one for each architecture, and a lone Builder that creates snapshot source tarballs if the full builders complete successfully. The full builders would each run on a single buildslave, whereas the tarball creation step might run on either buildslave (since the platform doesn't matter when creating source tarballs). In this case, the mapping would look like:

     Builder(full-i386)  ->  BuildSlaves(slave-i386)
     Builder(full-ppc)   ->  BuildSlaves(slave-ppc)
     Builder(source-tarball) -> BuildSlaves(slave-i386, slave-ppc)

and each BuildSlave would have two SlaveBuilders inside it, one for a full builder, and a second for the source-tarball builder.

Once a SlaveBuilder is available, the Builder pulls one or more BuildRequests off its incoming queue. (It may pull more than one if it determines that it can merge the requests together; for example, there may be multiple requests to build the current HEAD revision). These requests are merged into a single Build instance, which includes the SourceStamp that describes what exact version of the source code should be used for the build. The Build is then randomly assigned to a free SlaveBuilder and the build begins.

The behaviour when BuildRequests are merged can be customized, see Merging Build Requests.


Previous: Buildmaster Architecture, Up: System Architecture

1.2.3 Status Delivery Architecture

The buildmaster maintains a central Status object, to which various status plugins are connected. Through this Status object, a full hierarchy of build status objects can be obtained.

Status Delivery

The configuration file controls which status plugins are active. Each status plugin gets a reference to the top-level Status object. From there they can request information on each Builder, Build, Step, and LogFile. This query-on-demand interface is used by the html.Waterfall plugin to create the main status page each time a web browser hits the main URL.

The status plugins can also subscribe to hear about new Builds as they occur: this is used by the MailNotifier to create new email messages for each recently-completed Build.

The Status object records the status of old builds on disk in the buildmaster's base directory. This allows it to return information about historical builds.

There are also status objects that correspond to Schedulers and BuildSlaves. These allow status plugins to report information about upcoming builds, and the online/offline status of each buildslave.


Previous: System Architecture, Up: Introduction

1.3 Control Flow

A day in the life of the buildbot:


Next: , Previous: Introduction, Up: Top

2 Installation


Next: , Up: Installation

2.1 Buildbot Components

Buildbot is shipped in two components: the buildmaster (called buildbot for legacy reasons) and the buildslave. The buildslave component has far fewer requirements, and is more broadly compatible than the buildmaster. You will need to carefully pick the environment in which to run your buildmaster, but the buildslave should be able to run just about anywhere.

It is possible to install the buildmaster and buildslave on the same system, although for anything but the smallest installation this arrangement will not be very efficient.


Next: , Previous: Buildbot Components, Up: Installation

2.2 Requirements


Next: , Up: Requirements

2.2.1 Common Requirements

At a bare minimum, you'll need the following for both the buildmaster and a buildslave:

Of course, your project's build process will impose additional requirements on the buildslaves. These hosts must have all the tools necessary to compile and test your project's source code.

Windows Support

Buildbot - both master and slave - runs well natively on Windows. The slave runs well on Cygwin, but because of problems with SQLite on Cygwin, the master does not.

Buildbot's windows testing is limited to the most recent Twisted and Python versions. For best results, use the most recent available versions of these libraries on Windows.

Note that versions of MSys Git earlier than 1.7.3.1 are known to have problems with incorrect exit statuses from git commands. Always use the newest version of MSys Git.


Previous: Common Requirements, Up: Requirements

2.2.2 Buildmaster Requirements


Next: , Previous: Requirements, Up: Installation

2.3 Installing the code

The Distribution Packages

Buildbot comes in two parts: buildbot (the master) and buildbot-slave (the slave). The two can be installed individually or together.

Installation From PyPI

The easiest way to install Buildbot is using 'pip'. For the master:

     pip install buildbot

and for the slave:

     pip install buildbot-slave

Installation From Tarballs

Buildbot and Buildslave can also be installed using the standard python distutils process. For either component (buildbot or buildbot-slave), after unpacking the tarball, the process is:

     python setup.py build
     python setup.py install

where the install step may need to be done as root. This will put the bulk of the code in somewhere like /usr/lib/python2.3/site-packages/buildbot. It will also install the buildbot command-line tool in /usr/bin/buildbot.

If the environment variable $NO_INSTALL_REQS is set to '1', then setup.py will not try to install Buildbot's requirements. This is usually only useful when building a Buildbot package.

To test this, shift to a different directory (like /tmp), and run:

     buildbot --version
     # or
     buildslave --version

If it shows you the versions of Buildbot and Twisted, the install went ok. If it says no such command or it gets an ImportError when it tries to load the libaries, then something went wrong. pydoc buildbot is another useful diagnostic tool.

Windows users will find these files in other places. You will need to make sure that python can find the libraries, and will probably find it convenient to have buildbot on your PATH.


Next: , Previous: Installing the code, Up: Installation

2.4 Running Buildbot's Tests (optional)

If you wish, you can run the buildbot unit test suite. First, ensure you have the mock Python module installed from PyPi. This module is not required for ordinary Buildbot operation - only to run the tests. Note that this is not the same as the Fedora mock package! You can check with

     python -mmock

Then, run the tests:

     PYTHONPATH=. trial buildbot.test
     # or
     PYTHONPATH=. trial buildslave.test

Nothing should fail, although a few might be skipped.

If any of the tests fail for reasons other than a missing mock, you should stop and investigate the cause before continuing the installation process, as it will probably be easier to track down the bug early. In most cases, the problem is incorrectly installed Python modules or a badly configured PYTHONPATH. This may be a good time to contact the Buildbot developers for help.

If you cannot or do not wish to install the buildbot into a site-wide location like /usr or /usr/local, you can also install it into the account's home directory or any other location using a tool like virtualenv.


Next: , Previous: Running Buildbot's Tests (optional), Up: Installation

2.5 Creating a buildmaster

As you learned earlier (see System Architecture), the buildmaster runs on a central host (usually one that is publically visible, so everybody can check on the status of the project), and controls all aspects of the buildbot system.

You will probably wish to create a separate user account for the buildmaster, perhaps named buildmaster. Do not run the buildmaster as root!

You also need to choose a directory for the buildmaster, called the basedir. This directory will be owned by the buildmaster. It will contain configuration, the adtabase, and status information - including logfiles. On a large buildmaster this directory will see a lot of activity, so it should be on a disk with adequate space and speed.

Once you've picked a basedir, use the buildbot create-master command to create the directory and populate it with startup files:

     buildbot create-master -r basedir

You will need to create a configuration file (see Configuration) before starting the buildmaster. Most of the rest of this manual is dedicated to explaining how to do this. A sample configuration file is placed in the working directory, named master.cfg.sample, which can be copied to master.cfg and edited to suit your purposes.

(Internal details: This command creates a file named buildbot.tac that contains all the state necessary to create the buildmaster. Twisted has a tool called twistd which can use this .tac file to create and launch a buildmaster instance. twistd takes care of logging and daemonization (running the program in the background). /usr/bin/buildbot is a front end which runs twistd for you.)

In addition to buildbot.tac, a small Makefile.sample is installed. This can be used as the basis for customized daemon startup, See Launching the daemons.

Using MySQL

If you want to use MySQL as the database backend for your Buildbot, add the --db option to the create-master invocation to specify the connection string for the MySQL database (see Database Specification), and make sure that the same URL appears in the C['db_url'] parameter in your configuration file.

Buildmaster Options

This section lists options to the create-master command. You can also type buildslave create-slave --help for an up-to-the-moment summary.

--force
With this option, create-master will re-use an existing master directory.
--no-logrotate
This disables internal buildslave log management mechanism. With this option buildslave does not override the default logfile name and its behaviour giving a possibility to control those with command-line options of twistd daemon.
--relocatable
This creates a "relocatable" buildbot.tac, which uses relative paths instead of absolute paths, so that the buildmaster directory can be moved about.
--config
The name of the configuration file to use. This configuration file need not reside in the buildmaster directory.
--log-size
This is the size in bytes when to rotate the Twisted log files. The default is 10MiB.
--log-count
This is the number of log rotations to keep around. You can either specify a number or None to keep all twistd.log files around. The default is 10.
--db
The database that the Buildmaster should use. Note that the same value must be added to the configuration file.


Next: , Previous: Creating a buildmaster, Up: Installation

2.6 Upgrading an Existing Buildmaster

If you have just installed a new version of the Buildbot code, and you have buildmasters that were created using an older version, you'll need to upgrade these buildmasters before you can use them. The upgrade process adds and modifies files in the buildmaster's base directory to make it compatible with the new code.

     buildbot upgrade-master basedir

This command will also scan your master.cfg file for incompatibilities (by loading it and printing any errors or deprecation warnings that occur). Each buildbot release tries to be compatible with configurations that worked cleanly (i.e. without deprecation warnings) on the previous release: any functions or classes that are to be removed will first be deprecated in a release, to give you a chance to start using the replacement.

The upgrade-master command is idempotent. It is safe to run it multiple times. After each upgrade of the buildbot code, you should use upgrade-master on all your buildmasters.

In general, Buildbot slaves and masters can be upgraded independently, although some new features will not be available, depending on the master and slave versions.

Beyond this general information, read all of the sections below that apply to versions through which you are upgrading.

Version-specific Notes


Next: , Up: Upgrading an Existing Buildmaster

2.6.1 Upgrading a Buildmaster to Buildbot-0.7.6

The 0.7.6 release introduced the public_html/ directory, which contains index.html and other files served by the WebStatus and Waterfall status displays. The upgrade-master command will create these files if they do not already exist. It will not modify existing copies, but it will write a new copy in e.g. index.html.new if the new version differs from the version that already exists.


Next: , Previous: Upgrading a Buildmaster to Buildbot-0.7.6, Up: Upgrading an Existing Buildmaster

2.6.2 Upgrading a Buildmaster to Buildbot-0.8.0

Buildbot-0.8.0 introduces a database backend, which is SQLite by default. The upgrade-master command will automatically create and populate this database with the changes the buildmaster has seen. Note that, as of this release, build history is not contained in the database, and is thus not migrated.

The upgrade process renames the Changes pickle ($basedir/changes.pck) to changes.pck.old once the upgrade is complete. To reverse the upgrade, simply downgrade Buildbot and move this file back to its original name. You may also wish to delete the state database (state.sqlite).

Upgrading into a non-SQLite database

If you are not using sqlite, you will need to add an entry into your master.cfg to reflect the database version you are using. The upgrade process does not edit your master.cfg for you. So something like:

     # for using mysql:
     c['db_url'] = 'mysql://bbuser:<password>@localhost/buildbot'

Once the parameter has been added, invoke upgrade-master with the --db parameter, e.g.,

     buildbot upgrade-master --db=mysql://bbuser:<password>@localhost/buildbot

The --db option must match the c['db_url'] exactly.

See see Database Specification for more options to specify a database.

Change Encoding Issues

The upgrade process assumes that strings in your Changes pickle are encoded in UTF-8 (or plain ASCII). If this is not the case, and if there are non-UTF-8 characters in the pickle, the upgrade will fail with a suitable error message. If this occurs, you have two options. If the change history is not important to your purpose, you can simply delete changes.pck.

If you would like to keep the change history, then you will need to figure out which encoding is in use, and use contrib/fix_changes_pickle_encoding.py (see Contrib Scripts) to rewrite the changes pickle into Unicode before upgrading the master. A typical invocation (with Mac-Roman encoding) might look like:

     $ python $buildbot/contrib/fix_changes_pickle_encoding.py changes.pck macroman
     decoding bytestrings in changes.pck using macroman
     converted 11392 strings
     backing up changes.pck to changes.pck.old

If your Changes pickle uses multiple encodings, you're on your own, but the script in contrib may provide a good starting point for the fix.


Previous: Upgrading a Buildmaster to Buildbot-0.8.0, Up: Upgrading an Existing Buildmaster

2.6.3 Upgrading a Buildmaster to Later Versions

Up to Buildbot version 0.8.4p2, no further steps beyond those described above are required.


Next: , Previous: Upgrading an Existing Buildmaster, Up: Installation

2.7 Creating a buildslave

Typically, you will be adding a buildslave to an existing buildmaster, to provide additional architecture coverage. The buildbot administrator will give you several pieces of information necessary to connect to the buildmaster. You should also be somewhat familiar with the project being tested, so you can troubleshoot build problems locally.

The buildbot exists to make sure that the project's stated “how to build it” process actually works. To this end, the buildslave should run in an environment just like that of your regular developers. Typically the project build process is documented somewhere (README, INSTALL, etc), in a document that should mention all library dependencies and contain a basic set of build instructions. This document will be useful as you configure the host and account in which the buildslave runs.

Here's a good checklist for setting up a buildslave:

  1. Set up the account

    It is recommended (although not mandatory) to set up a separate user account for the buildslave. This account is frequently named buildbot or buildslave. This serves to isolate your personal working environment from that of the slave's, and helps to minimize the security threat posed by letting possibly-unknown contributors run arbitrary code on your system. The account should have a minimum of fancy init scripts.

  2. Install the buildbot code

    Follow the instructions given earlier (see Installing the code). If you use a separate buildslave account, and you didn't install the buildbot code to a shared location, then you will need to install it with --home=~ for each account that needs it.

  3. Set up the host

    Make sure the host can actually reach the buildmaster. Usually the buildmaster is running a status webserver on the same machine, so simply point your web browser at it and see if you can get there. Install whatever additional packages or libraries the project's INSTALL document advises. (or not: if your buildslave is supposed to make sure that building without optional libraries still works, then don't install those libraries).

    Again, these libraries don't necessarily have to be installed to a site-wide shared location, but they must be available to your build process. Accomplishing this is usually very specific to the build process, so installing them to /usr or /usr/local is usually the best approach.

  4. Test the build process

    Follow the instructions in the INSTALL document, in the buildslave's account. Perform a full CVS (or whatever) checkout, configure, make, run tests, etc. Confirm that the build works without manual fussing. If it doesn't work when you do it by hand, it will be unlikely to work when the buildbot attempts to do it in an automated fashion.

  5. Choose a base directory

    This should be somewhere in the buildslave's account, typically named after the project which is being tested. The buildslave will not touch any file outside of this directory. Something like ~/Buildbot or ~/Buildslaves/fooproject is appropriate.

  6. Get the buildmaster host/port, botname, and password

    When the buildbot admin configures the buildmaster to accept and use your buildslave, they will provide you with the following pieces of information:

  7. Create the buildslave

    Now run the 'buildslave' command as follows:

              buildslave create-slave BASEDIR MASTERHOST:PORT SLAVENAME PASSWORD
    

    This will create the base directory and a collection of files inside, including the buildbot.tac file that contains all the information you passed to the buildbot command.

  8. Fill in the hostinfo files

    When it first connects, the buildslave will send a few files up to the buildmaster which describe the host that it is running on. These files are presented on the web status display so that developers have more information to reproduce any test failures that are witnessed by the buildbot. There are sample files in the info subdirectory of the buildbot's base directory. You should edit these to correctly describe you and your host.

    BASEDIR/info/admin should contain your name and email address. This is the “buildslave admin address”, and will be visible from the build status page (so you may wish to munge it a bit if address-harvesting spambots are a concern).

    BASEDIR/info/host should be filled with a brief description of the host: OS, version, memory size, CPU speed, versions of relevant libraries installed, and finally the version of the buildbot code which is running the buildslave.

    The optional BASEDIR/info/access_uri can specify a URI which will connect a user to the machine. Many systems accept ssh://hostname URIs for this purpose.

    If you run many buildslaves, you may want to create a single ~buildslave/info file and share it among all the buildslaves with symlinks.


Next: , Up: Creating a buildslave

2.7.1 Buildslave Options

There are a handful of options you might want to use when creating the buildslave with the buildslave create-slave <options> DIR <params> command. You can type buildslave create-slave --help for a summary. To use these, just include them on the buildslave create-slave command line, like this:

     buildslave create-slave --umask=022 ~/buildslave buildmaster.example.org:42012 myslavename mypasswd
--no-logrotate
This disables internal buildslave log management mechanism. With this option buildslave does not override the default logfile name and its behaviour giving a possibility to control those with command-line options of twistd daemon.
--usepty
This is a boolean flag that tells the buildslave whether to launch child processes in a PTY or with regular pipes (the default) when the master does not specify. This option is deprecated, as this particular parameter is better specified on the master.
--umask
This is a string (generally an octal representation of an integer) which will cause the buildslave process' “umask” value to be set shortly after initialization. The “twistd” daemonization utility forces the umask to 077 at startup (which means that all files created by the buildslave or its child processes will be unreadable by any user other than the buildslave account). If you want build products to be readable by other accounts, you can add --umask=022 to tell the buildslave to fix the umask after twistd clobbers it. If you want build products to be writable by other accounts too, use --umask=000, but this is likely to be a security problem.
--keepalive
This is a number that indicates how frequently “keepalive” messages should be sent from the buildslave to the buildmaster, expressed in seconds. The default (600) causes a message to be sent to the buildmaster at least once every 10 minutes. To set this to a lower value, use e.g. --keepalive=120.

If the buildslave is behind a NAT box or stateful firewall, these messages may help to keep the connection alive: some NAT boxes tend to forget about a connection if it has not been used in a while. When this happens, the buildmaster will think that the buildslave has disappeared, and builds will time out. Meanwhile the buildslave will not realize than anything is wrong.

--maxdelay
This is a number that indicates the maximum amount of time the buildslave will wait between connection attempts, expressed in seconds. The default (300) causes the buildslave to wait at most 5 minutes before trying to connect to the buildmaster again.
--log-size
This is the size in bytes when to rotate the Twisted log files. The default is 10MiB.
--log-count
This is the number of log rotations to keep around. You can either specify a number or None to keep all twistd.log files around. The default is 10.


Previous: Buildslave Options, Up: Creating a buildslave

2.7.2 Other Buildslave Configuration

unicode_encoding
This represents the encoding that buildbot should use when converting unicode commandline arguments into byte strings in order to pass to the operating system when spawning new processes.

The default value is what python's sys.getfilesystemencoding() returns, which on Windows is 'mbcs', on Mac OSX is 'utf-8', and on Unix depends on your locale settings.

If you need a different encoding, this can be changed in your build slave's buildbot.tac file by adding a unicode_encoding argument to the BuildSlave constructor.

allow_shutdown
allow_shutdown can be passed to the BuildSlave constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, it allows the buildslave to initiate a graceful shutdown, meaning that it will ask the master to shut down the slave when the current build, if any, is complete.

Setting allow_shutdown to 'file' will cause the buildslave to watch 'shutdown.stamp' in basedir for updates to its mtime. When the mtime changes, the slave will request a graceful shutdown from the master. The file does not need to exist prior to starting the slave.

Setting allow_shutdown to 'signal' will set up a SIGHUP handler to start a graceful shutdown. When the signal is received, the slave will request a graceful shutdown from the master.

The default value is None, in which case this feature will be disabled.

Both master and slave must be at least version 0.8.3 for this feature to work.

          s = BuildSlave(buildmaster_host, port, slavename, passwd, basedir,
                         keepalive, usepty, umask=umask, maxdelay=maxdelay,
                         unicode_encoding='utf-8', allow_shutdown='signal')


Next: , Previous: Creating a buildslave, Up: Installation

2.8 Upgrading an Existing Buildslave

If you have just installed a new version of Buildbot-slave, you may need to take some steps to upgrade it. If you are upgrading to version 0.8.2 or later, you can run

     buildslave upgrade-slave /path/to/buildslave/dir

Version-specific Notes


Up: Upgrading an Existing Buildslave

2.8.1 Upgrading a Buildslave to Buildbot-slave-0.8.1

Before Buildbot version 0.8.1, the Buildbot master and slave were part of the same distribution. As of version 0.8.1, the buildslave is a separate distribution.

As of this release, you will need to install buildbot-slave to run a slave.

Any automatic startup scripts that had run buildbot start for previous versions should be changed to run buildslave start instead.

If you are running a version later than 0.8.1, then you can skip the remainder of this section: the upgrade-slave command will take care of this. If you are upgrading directly to 0.8.1, read on.

The existing buildbot.tac for any buildslaves running older versions will need to be edited or replaced. If the loss of cached buildslave state (e.g., for Source steps in copy mode) is not problematic, the easiest solution is to simply delete the slave directory and re-run buildslave create-slave.

If deleting the slave directory is problematic, the change to buildbot.tac is simple. On line 3, replace

     from buildbot.slave.bot import BuildSlave

with

     from buildslave.bot import BuildSlave

After this change, the buildslave should start as usual.


Next: , Previous: Upgrading an Existing Buildslave, Up: Installation

2.9 Launching the daemons

Both the buildmaster and the buildslave run as daemon programs. To launch them, pass the working directory to the buildbot and buildslave commands, as appropriate:

     # start a master
     buildbot start BASEDIR
     # start a slave
     buildslave start SLAVE_BASEDIR

The BASEDIR is option and can be omitted if the current directory contains the buildbot configuration (the buildbot.tac file).

     buildbot start

This command will start the daemon and then return, so normally it will not produce any output. To verify that the programs are indeed running, look for a pair of files named twistd.log and twistd.pid that should be created in the working directory. twistd.pid contains the process ID of the newly-spawned daemon.

When the buildslave connects to the buildmaster, new directories will start appearing in its base directory. The buildmaster tells the slave to create a directory for each Builder which will be using that slave. All build operations are performed within these directories: CVS checkouts, compiles, and tests.

Once you get everything running, you will want to arrange for the buildbot daemons to be started at boot time. One way is to use cron, by putting them in a @reboot crontab entry1:

     @reboot buildbot start BASEDIR

When you run crontab to set this up, remember to do it as the buildmaster or buildslave account! If you add this to your crontab when running as your regular account (or worse yet, root), then the daemon will run as the wrong user, quite possibly as one with more authority than you intended to provide.

It is important to remember that the environment provided to cron jobs and init scripts can be quite different that your normal runtime. There may be fewer environment variables specified, and the PATH may be shorter than usual. It is a good idea to test out this method of launching the buildslave by using a cron job with a time in the near future, with the same command, and then check twistd.log to make sure the slave actually started correctly. Common problems here are for /usr/local or ~/bin to not be on your PATH, or for PYTHONPATH to not be set correctly. Sometimes HOME is messed up too.

Some distributions may include conveniences to make starting buildbot at boot time easy. For instance, with the default buildbot package in Debian-based distributions, you may only need to modify /etc/default/buildbot (see also /etc/init.d/buildbot, which reads the configuration in /etc/default/buildbot).

Buildbot also comes with its own init scripts that provide support for controlling multi-slave and multi-master setups (mostly because they are based on the init script from the debian package). With a little modification these scripts can be used both on debian and rhel based distributions and may thus prove helpful to package maintainers who are working on buildbot (or those that haven't yet split buildbot into master and slave packages).

     # install as /etc/default|sysconfig/buildslave
     master/contrib/init-scripts/buildslave.default
     
     # install /etc/default|sysconfig/buildslave
     master/contrib/init-scripts/buildmaster.default
     
     # install as /etc/init.d/buildslave
     slave/contrib/init-scripts/buildslave.init.sh
     
     # install as /etc/init.d/buildmaster
     slave/contrib/init-scripts/buildmaster.init.sh
     
     # ... and tell sysvinit about them
     chkconfig buildmaster reset
     # ... or
     update-rc.d buildmaster defaults


Next: , Previous: Launching the daemons, Up: Installation

2.10 Logfiles

While a buildbot daemon runs, it emits text to a logfile, named twistd.log. A command like tail -f twistd.log is useful to watch the command output as it runs.

The buildmaster will announce any errors with its configuration file in the logfile, so it is a good idea to look at the log at startup time to check for any problems. Most buildmaster activities will cause lines to be added to the log.


Next: , Previous: Logfiles, Up: Installation

2.11 Shutdown

To stop a buildmaster or buildslave manually, use:

     buildbot stop BASEDIR
     # or
     buildslave stop SLAVE_BASEDIR

This simply looks for the twistd.pid file and kills whatever process is identified within.

At system shutdown, all processes are sent a SIGKILL. The buildmaster and buildslave will respond to this by shutting down normally.

The buildmaster will respond to a SIGHUP by re-reading its config file. Of course, this only works on unix-like systems with signal support, and won't work on Windows. The following shortcut is available:

     buildbot reconfig BASEDIR

When you update the Buildbot code to a new release, you will need to restart the buildmaster and/or buildslave before it can take advantage of the new code. You can do a buildbot stop BASEDIR and buildbot start BASEDIR in quick succession, or you can use the restart shortcut, which does both steps for you:

     buildbot restart BASEDIR

Buildslaves can similarly be restarted with:

     buildslave restart BASEDIR

There are certain configuration changes that are not handled cleanly by buildbot reconfig. If this occurs, buildbot restart is a more robust tool to fully switch over to the new configuration.

buildbot restart may also be used to start a stopped Buildbot instance. This behaviour is useful when writing scripts that stop, start and restart Buildbot.

A buildslave may also be gracefully shutdown from the see WebStatus status plugin. This is useful to shutdown a buildslave without interrupting any current builds. The buildmaster will wait until the buildslave is finished all its current builds, and will then tell the buildslave to shutdown.


Next: , Previous: Shutdown, Up: Installation

2.12 Maintenance

The buildmaster can be configured to send out email notifications when a slave has been offline for a while. Be sure to configure the buildmaster with a contact email address for each slave so these notifications are sent to someone who can bring it back online.

If you find you can no longer provide a buildslave to the project, please let the project admins know, so they can put out a call for a replacement.

The Buildbot records status and logs output continually, each time a build is performed. The status tends to be small, but the build logs can become quite large. Each build and log are recorded in a separate file, arranged hierarchically under the buildmaster's base directory. To prevent these files from growing without bound, you should periodically delete old build logs. A simple cron job to delete anything older than, say, two weeks should do the job. The only trick is to leave the buildbot.tac and other support files alone, for which find's -mindepth argument helps skip everything in the top directory. You can use something like the following:

     @weekly cd BASEDIR && find . -mindepth 2 -ipath './public_html/*' -prune -o -type f -mtime +14 -exec rm {} \;
     @weekly cd BASEDIR && find twistd.log* -mtime +14 -exec rm {} \;

Alternatively, you can configure a maximum number of old logs to be kept using the --log-count command line option when running buildbot create-slave or buildbot create-master.


Next: , Previous: Maintenance, Up: Installation

2.13 Troubleshooting

Here are a few hints on diagnosing common problems.


Next: , Up: Troubleshooting

2.13.1 Starting the buildslave

Cron jobs are typically run with a minimal shell (/bin/sh, not /bin/bash), and tilde expansion is not always performed in such commands. You may want to use explicit paths, because the PATH is usually quite short and doesn't include anything set by your shell's startup scripts (.profile, .bashrc, etc). If you've installed buildbot (or other python libraries) to an unusual location, you may need to add a PYTHONPATH specification (note that python will do tilde-expansion on PYTHONPATH elements by itself). Sometimes it is safer to fully-specify everything:

     @reboot PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python /usr/local/bin/buildbot start /usr/home/buildbot/basedir

Take the time to get the @reboot job set up. Otherwise, things will work fine for a while, but the first power outage or system reboot you have will stop the buildslave with nothing but the cries of sorrowful developers to remind you that it has gone away.


Previous: Starting the buildslave, Up: Troubleshooting

2.13.2 Connecting to the buildmaster

If the buildslave cannot connect to the buildmaster, the reason should be described in the twistd.log logfile. Some common problems are an incorrect master hostname or port number, or a mistyped bot name or password. If the buildslave loses the connection to the master, it is supposed to attempt to reconnect with an exponentially-increasing backoff. Each attempt (and the time of the next attempt) will be logged. If you get impatient, just manually stop and re-start the buildslave.

When the buildmaster is restarted, all slaves will be disconnected, and will attempt to reconnect as usual. The reconnect time will depend upon how long the buildmaster is offline (i.e. how far up the exponential backoff curve the slaves have travelled). Again, buildslave restart BASEDIR will speed up the process.


Previous: Troubleshooting, Up: Installation

2.14 Contrib Scripts

While some features of Buildbot are included in the distribution, others are only available in contrib/ in the source directory. The latest versions of such scripts are available at http://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/tree/master/master/contrib.


Next: , Previous: Installation, Up: Top

3 Concepts

This chapter defines some of the basic concepts that the Buildbot uses. You'll need to understand how the Buildbot sees the world to configure it properly.


Next: , Up: Concepts

3.1 Version Control Systems

These source trees come from a Version Control System of some kind. CVS and Subversion are two popular ones, but the Buildbot supports others. All VC systems have some notion of an upstream repository which acts as a server2, from which clients can obtain source trees according to various parameters. The VC repository provides source trees of various projects, for different branches, and from various points in time. The first thing we have to do is to specify which source tree we want to get.


Next: , Up: Version Control Systems

3.1.1 Generalizing VC Systems

For the purposes of the Buildbot, we will try to generalize all VC systems as having repositories that each provide sources for a variety of projects. Each project is defined as a directory tree with source files. The individual files may each have revisions, but we ignore that and treat the project as a whole as having a set of revisions (CVS is the only VC system still in widespread use that has per-file revisions, as everything modern has moved to atomic tree-wide changesets). Each time someone commits a change to the project, a new revision becomes available. These revisions can be described by a tuple with two items: the first is a branch tag, and the second is some kind of revision stamp or timestamp. Complex projects may have multiple branch tags, but there is always a default branch. The timestamp may be an actual timestamp (such as the -D option to CVS), or it may be a monotonically-increasing transaction number (such as the change number used by SVN and P4, or the revision number used by Bazaar, or a labeled tag used in CVS)3. The SHA1 revision ID used by Mercurial, Git and Monotone is also a kind of revision stamp, in that it specifies a unique copy of the source tree, as does a Darcs “context” file.

When we aren't intending to make any changes to the sources we check out (at least not any that need to be committed back upstream), there are two basic ways to use a VC system:

Build personnel or CM staff typically use the first approach: the build that results is (ideally) completely specified by the two parameters given to the VC system: repository and revision tag. This gives QA and end-users something concrete to point at when reporting bugs. Release engineers are also reportedly fond of shipping code that can be traced back to a concise revision tag of some sort.

Developers are more likely to use the second approach: each morning the developer does an update to pull in the changes committed by the team over the last day. These builds are not easy to fully specify: it depends upon exactly when you did a checkout, and upon what local changes the developer has in their tree. Developers do not normally tag each build they produce, because there is usually significant overhead involved in creating these tags. Recreating the trees used by one of these builds can be a challenge. Some VC systems may provide implicit tags (like a revision number), while others may allow the use of timestamps to mean “the state of the tree at time X” as opposed to a tree-state that has been explicitly marked.

The Buildbot is designed to help developers, so it usually works in terms of the latest sources as opposed to specific tagged revisions. However, it would really prefer to build from reproducible source trees, so implicit revisions are used whenever possible.


Next: , Previous: Generalizing VC Systems, Up: Version Control Systems

3.1.2 Source Tree Specifications

So for the Buildbot's purposes we treat each VC system as a server which can take a list of specifications as input and produce a source tree as output. Some of these specifications are static: they are attributes of the builder and do not change over time. Others are more variable: each build will have a different value. The repository is changed over time by a sequence of Changes, each of which represents a single developer making changes to some set of files. These Changes are cumulative.

For normal builds, the Buildbot wants to get well-defined source trees that contain specific Changes, and exclude other Changes that may have occurred after the desired ones. We assume that the Changes arrive at the buildbot (through one of the mechanisms described in see Change Sources) in the same order in which they are committed to the repository. The Buildbot waits for the tree to become “stable” before initiating a build, for two reasons. The first is that developers frequently make multiple related commits in quick succession, even when the VC system provides ways to make atomic transactions involving multiple files at the same time. Running a build in the middle of these sets of changes would use an inconsistent set of source files, and is likely to fail (and is certain to be less useful than a build which uses the full set of changes). The tree-stable-timer is intended to avoid these useless builds that include some of the developer's changes but not all. The second reason is that some VC systems (i.e. CVS) do not provide repository-wide transaction numbers, so that timestamps are the only way to refer to a specific repository state. These timestamps may be somewhat ambiguous, due to processing and notification delays. By waiting until the tree has been stable for, say, 10 minutes, we can choose a timestamp from the middle of that period to use for our source checkout, and then be reasonably sure that any clock-skew errors will not cause the build to be performed on an inconsistent set of source files.

The Schedulers always use the tree-stable-timer, with a timeout that is configured to reflect a reasonable tradeoff between build latency and change frequency. When the VC system provides coherent repository-wide revision markers (such as Subversion's revision numbers, or in fact anything other than CVS's timestamps), the resulting Build is simply performed against a source tree defined by that revision marker. When the VC system does not provide this, a timestamp from the middle of the tree-stable period is used to generate the source tree4.


Next: , Previous: Source Tree Specifications, Up: Version Control Systems

3.1.3 How Different VC Systems Specify Sources

For CVS, the static specifications are repository and module. In addition to those, each build uses a timestamp (or omits the timestamp to mean the latest) and branch tag (which defaults to HEAD). These parameters collectively specify a set of sources from which a build may be performed.

Subversion combines the repository, module, and branch into a single Subversion URL parameter. Within that scope, source checkouts can be specified by a numeric revision number (a repository-wide monotonically-increasing marker, such that each transaction that changes the repository is indexed by a different revision number), or a revision timestamp. When branches are used, the repository and module form a static baseURL, while each build has a revision number and a branch (which defaults to a statically-specified defaultBranch). The baseURL and branch are simply concatenated together to derive the svnurl to use for the checkout.

Perforce is similar. The server is specified through a P4PORT parameter. Module and branch are specified in a single depot path, and revisions are depot-wide. When branches are used, the p4base and defaultBranch are concatenated together to produce the depot path.

Bzr (which is a descendant of Arch/Bazaar, and is frequently referred to as “Bazaar”) has the same sort of repository-vs-workspace model as Arch, but the repository data can either be stored inside the working directory or kept elsewhere (either on the same machine or on an entirely different machine). For the purposes of Buildbot (which never commits changes), the repository is specified with a URL and a revision number.

The most common way to obtain read-only access to a bzr tree is via HTTP, simply by making the repository visible through a web server like Apache. Bzr can also use FTP and SFTP servers, if the buildslave process has sufficient privileges to access them. Higher performance can be obtained by running a special Bazaar-specific server. None of these matter to the buildbot: the repository URL just has to match the kind of server being used. The repoURL argument provides the location of the repository.

Branches are expressed as subdirectories of the main central repository, which means that if branches are being used, the BZR step is given a baseURL and defaultBranch instead of getting the repoURL argument.

Darcs doesn't really have the notion of a single master repository. Nor does it really have branches. In Darcs, each working directory is also a repository, and there are operations to push and pull patches from one of these repositories to another. For the Buildbot's purposes, all you need to do is specify the URL of a repository that you want to build from. The build slave will then pull the latest patches from that repository and build them. Multiple branches are implemented by using multiple repositories (possibly living on the same server).

Builders which use Darcs therefore have a static repourl which specifies the location of the repository. If branches are being used, the source Step is instead configured with a baseURL and a defaultBranch, and the two strings are simply concatenated together to obtain the repository's URL. Each build then has a specific branch which replaces defaultBranch, or just uses the default one. Instead of a revision number, each build can have a “context”, which is a string that records all the patches that are present in a given tree (this is the output of darcs changes --context, and is considerably less concise than, e.g. Subversion's revision number, but the patch-reordering flexibility of Darcs makes it impossible to provide a shorter useful specification).

Mercurial is like Darcs, in that each branch is stored in a separate repository. The repourl, baseURL, and defaultBranch arguments are all handled the same way as with Darcs. The “revision”, however, is the hash identifier returned by hg identify.

Git also follows a decentralized model, and each repository can have several branches and tags. The source Step is configured with a static repourl which specifies the location of the repository. In addition, an optional branch parameter can be specified to check out code from a specific branch instead of the default “master” branch. The “revision” is specified as a SHA1 hash as returned by e.g. git rev-parse. No attempt is made to ensure that the specified revision is actually a subset of the specified branch.

Monotone is another that follows a decentralized model where each repository can have several branches and tags. The source Step is configured with static repourl and branch parameters, which specifies the location of the repository and the branch to use. The “revision” is specified as a SHA1 hash as returned by e.g. mtn automate select w:. No attempt is made to ensure that the specified revision is actually a subset of the specified branch.


Previous: How Different VC Systems Specify Sources, Up: Version Control Systems

3.1.4 Attributes of Changes

Who

Each Change has a who attribute, which specifies which developer is responsible for the change. This is a string which comes from a namespace controlled by the VC repository. Frequently this means it is a username on the host which runs the repository, but not all VC systems require this. Each StatusNotifier will map the who attribute into something appropriate for their particular means of communication: an email address, an IRC handle, etc.

Files

It also has a list of files, which are just the tree-relative filenames of any files that were added, deleted, or modified for this Change. These filenames are used by the fileIsImportant function (in the Scheduler) to decide whether it is worth triggering a new build or not, e.g. the function could use the following function to only run a build if a C file were checked in:

     def has_C_files(change):
         for name in change.files:
             if name.endswith(".c"):
                 return True
         return False

Certain BuildSteps can also use the list of changed files to run a more targeted series of tests, e.g. the python_twisted.Trial step can run just the unit tests that provide coverage for the modified .py files instead of running the full test suite.

Comments

The Change also has a comments attribute, which is a string containing any checkin comments.

Project

A change's project, by default the empty string, describes the source code that changed. It is a free-form string which the buildbot administrator can use to flexibly discriminate among changes.

Generally, a project is an independently-buildable unit of source. This field can be used to apply different build steps to different projects. For example, an open-source application might build its Windows client from a separate codebase than its POSIX server. In this case, the change sources should be configured to attach an appropriate project string (say, "win-client" and "server") to changes from each codebase. Schedulers would then examine these strings and trigger the appropriate builders for each project.

Repository

A change occurs within the context of a specific repository. This is generally specified with a string, and for most version-control systems, this string takes the form of a URL.

Changes can be filtered on repository, but more often this field is used as a hint for the build steps to figure out which code to check out.

Revision

Each Change can have a revision attribute, which describes how to get a tree with a specific state: a tree which includes this Change (and all that came before it) but none that come after it. If this information is unavailable, the .revision attribute will be None. These revisions are provided by the ChangeSource, and consumed by the computeSourceRevision method in the appropriate source.Source class.

CVS
revision is an int, seconds since the epoch
SVN
revision is an int, the changeset number (r%d)
Darcs
revision is a large string, the output of darcs changes --context
Mercurial
revision is a short string (a hash ID), the output of hg identify
P4
revision is an int, the transaction number
Git
revision is a short string (a SHA1 hash), the output of e.g. git rev-parse
Monotone
revision is a short string (a SHA1 hash), the output of e.g. mtn automate select w:

Branches

The Change might also have a branch attribute. This indicates that all of the Change's files are in the same named branch. The Schedulers get to decide whether the branch should be built or not.

For VC systems like CVS, Git, and Monotone, the branch name is unrelated to the filename. (that is, the branch name and the filename inhabit unrelated namespaces). For SVN, branches are expressed as subdirectories of the repository, so the file's “svnurl” is a combination of some base URL, the branch name, and the filename within the branch. (In a sense, the branch name and the filename inhabit the same namespace). Darcs branches are subdirectories of a base URL just like SVN. Mercurial branches are the same as Darcs.

CVS
branch='warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']
SVN
branch='branches/warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']
Darcs
branch='warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']
Mercurial
branch='warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']
Git
branch='warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']
Monotone
branch='warner-newfeature', files=['src/foo.c']

Build Properties

A Change may have one or more properties attached to it, usually specified through the Force Build form or see sendchange. Properties are discussed in detail in the see Build Properties section.

Links

Finally, the Change might have a links list, which is intended to provide a list of URLs to a viewcvs-style web page that provides more detail for this Change, perhaps including the full file diffs.


Next: , Previous: Version Control Systems, Up: Concepts

3.2 Scheduling Builds

Each Buildmaster has a set of Scheduler objects, each of which gets a copy of every incoming Change. The Schedulers are responsible for deciding when Builds should be run. Some Buildbot installations might have a single Scheduler, while others may have several, each for a different purpose.

For example, a “quick” scheduler might exist to give immediate feedback to developers, hoping to catch obvious problems in the code that can be detected quickly. These typically do not run the full test suite, nor do they run on a wide variety of platforms. They also usually do a VC update rather than performing a brand-new checkout each time.

A separate “full” scheduler might run more comprehensive tests to catch more subtle problems, configured to run after the quick scheduler, to give developers time to commit fixes to bugs caught by the quick scheduler before running the comprehensive tests. This scheduler would also feed multiple Builders.

Many schedulers can be configured to wait a while after seeing a source-code change - this is the "tree stable timer". The timer allows multiple commits to be "batched" together. This is particularly useful in distributed version control systems, where a developer may push a long sequence of changes all at once. To save resources, it's often desirable only to test the most recent change.

Schedulers can also filter out the changes they are interested in, based on a number of criteria. For example, a scheduler that only builds documentation might skip any changes that do not affect the documentation. Schedulers can also filter on the branch to which a commit was made.

There is some support for configuring dependencies between builds - for example, you may want to build packages only for revisions which pass all of the unit tests. This support is under active development in Buildbot, and is referred to as "build coordination".

Periodic builds (those which are run every N seconds rather than after new Changes arrive) are triggered by a special Periodic Scheduler subclass.

Each Scheduler creates and submits BuildSet objects to the BuildMaster, which is then responsible for making sure the individual BuildRequests are delivered to the target Builders.

Scheduler instances are activated by placing them in the c['schedulers'] list in the buildmaster config file. Each Scheduler has a unique name.


Next: , Previous: Scheduling Builds, Up: Concepts

3.3 BuildSet

A BuildSet is the name given to a set of Builds that all compile/test the same version of the tree on multiple Builders. In general, all these component Builds will perform the same sequence of Steps, using the same source code, but on different platforms or against a different set of libraries.

The BuildSet is tracked as a single unit, which fails if any of the component Builds have failed, and therefore can succeed only if all of the component Builds have succeeded. There are two kinds of status notification messages that can be emitted for a BuildSet: the firstFailure type (which fires as soon as we know the BuildSet will fail), and the Finished type (which fires once the BuildSet has completely finished, regardless of whether the overall set passed or failed).

A BuildSet is created with a source stamp tuple of (branch, revision, changes, patch), some of which may be None, and a list of Builders on which it is to be run. They are then given to the BuildMaster, which is responsible for creating a separate BuildRequest for each Builder.

There are a couple of different likely values for the SourceStamp:

(revision=None, changes=[CHANGES], patch=None)
This is a SourceStamp used when a series of Changes have triggered a build. The VC step will attempt to check out a tree that contains CHANGES (and any changes that occurred before CHANGES, but not any that occurred after them).
(revision=None, changes=None, patch=None)
This builds the most recent code on the default branch. This is the sort of SourceStamp that would be used on a Build that was triggered by a user request, or a Periodic scheduler. It is also possible to configure the VC Source Step to always check out the latest sources rather than paying attention to the Changes in the SourceStamp, which will result in same behavior as this.
(branch=BRANCH, revision=None, changes=None, patch=None)
This builds the most recent code on the given BRANCH. Again, this is generally triggered by a user request or Periodic build.
(revision=REV, changes=None, patch=(LEVEL, DIFF, SUBDIR_ROOT))
This checks out the tree at the given revision REV, then applies a patch (using patch -pLEVEL <DIFF) from inside the relative directory SUBDIR_ROOT. Item SUBDIR_ROOT is optional and defaults to the builder working directory. The try feature uses this kind of SourceStamp. If patch is None, the patching step is bypassed.

The buildmaster is responsible for turning the BuildSet into a set of BuildRequest objects and queueing them on the appropriate Builders.


Next: , Previous: BuildSet, Up: Concepts

3.4 BuildRequest

A BuildRequest is a request to build a specific revision of the source code (specified by a source stamp) on a single Builder. Each Builder runs the BuildRequest as soon as it can (i.e. when an associated buildslave becomes free). BuildRequests are prioritized from oldest to newest, and when a buildslave becomes free, the Builder with the oldest BuildRequest is run.

The BuildRequest may be mergeable with other compatible BuildRequests. Builds that are triggered by incoming Changes will generally be mergeable. Builds that are triggered by user requests are generally not, unless they are multiple requests to build the latest sources of the same branch.


Next: , Previous: BuildRequest, Up: Concepts

3.5 Builder

The Buildmaster runs a collection of Builders, each of which handles a single type of build (e.g. full versus quick), on one or more build slaves. Builders serve as a kind of queue for a particular type of build. Each Builder gets a separate column in the waterfall display. In general, each Builder runs independently (although various kinds of interlocks can cause one Builder to have an effect on another).

Each builder is a long-lived object which controls a sequence of Builds. Each Builder is created when the config file is first parsed, and lives forever (or rather until it is removed from the config file). It mediates the connections to the buildslaves that do all the work, and is responsible for creating the Build objects - see Build.

Each builder gets a unique name, and the path name of a directory where it gets to do all its work (there is a buildmaster-side directory for keeping status information, as well as a buildslave-side directory where the actual checkout/compile/test commands are executed).

Build Factories

A builder also has a BuildFactory, which is responsible for creating new Build instances: because the Build instance is what actually performs each build, choosing the BuildFactory is the way to specify what happens each time a build is done (see Build).

Build Slaves

Each builder is associated with one of more BuildSlaves. A builder which is used to perform Mac OS X builds (as opposed to Linux or Solaris builds) should naturally be associated with a Mac buildslave.

If multiple buildslaves are available for any given builder, you will have some measure of redundancy: in case one slave goes offline, the others can still keep the Builder working. In addition, multiple buildslaves will allow multiple simultaneous builds for the same Builder, which might be useful if you have a lot of forced or “try” builds taking place.

If you use this feature, it is important to make sure that the buildslaves are all, in fact, capable of running the given build. The slave hosts should be configured similarly, otherwise you will spend a lot of time trying (unsuccessfully) to reproduce a failure that only occurs on some of the buildslaves and not the others. Different platforms, operating systems, versions of major programs or libraries, all these things mean you should use separate Builders.


Next: , Previous: Builder, Up: Concepts

3.6 Build

A build is a single compile or test run of a particular version of the source code, and is comprised of a series of steps. It is ultimately up to you what constitutes a build, but for compiled software it is generally the checkout, configure, make, and make check sequence. For interpreted projects like Python modules, a build is generally a checkout followed by an invocation of the bundled test suite.

A build factory describes the steps a build will perform. The builder which starts a build uses its configured build factory to determine the build's steps.


Next: , Previous: Build, Up: Concepts

3.7 Users

Buildbot has a somewhat limited awareness of users. It assumes the world consists of a set of developers, each of whom can be described by a couple of simple attributes. These developers make changes to the source code, causing builds which may succeed or fail.

Each developer is primarily known through the source control system. Each Change object that arrives is tagged with a who field that typically gives the account name (on the repository machine) of the user responsible for that change. This string is the primary key by which the User is known, and is displayed on the HTML status pages and in each Build's “blamelist”.

To do more with the User than just refer to them, this username needs to be mapped into an address of some sort. The responsibility for this mapping is left up to the status module which needs the address. The core code knows nothing about email addresses or IRC nicknames, just user names.


Next: , Up: Users

3.7.1 Doing Things With Users

Each change has a single user who is responsible for it. Most builds have a set of changes: the build generally represents the first time these changes have been built and tested by the Buildbot. The build has a “blamelist” that is the union of the users responsible for all the build's changes.

The build provides a list of users who are interested in the build – the “interested users”. Usually this is equal to the blamelist, but may also be expanded, e.g., to include the current build sheriff or a module's maintainer.

If desired, the buildbot can notify the interested users until the problem is resolved.


Next: , Previous: Doing Things With Users, Up: Users

3.7.2 Email Addresses

The buildbot.status.mail.MailNotifier class (see MailNotifier) provides a status target which can send email about the results of each build. It accepts a static list of email addresses to which each message should be delivered, but it can also be configured to send mail to the Build's Interested Users. To do this, it needs a way to convert User names into email addresses.

For many VC systems, the User Name is actually an account name on the system which hosts the repository. As such, turning the name into an email address is a simple matter of appending “@repositoryhost.com”. Some projects use other kinds of mappings (for example the preferred email address may be at “project.org” despite the repository host being named “cvs.project.org”), and some VC systems have full separation between the concept of a user and that of an account on the repository host (like Perforce). Some systems (like Git) put a full contact email address in every change.

To convert these names to addresses, the MailNotifier uses an EmailLookup object. This provides a .getAddress method which accepts a name and (eventually) returns an address. The default MailNotifier module provides an EmailLookup which simply appends a static string, configurable when the notifier is created. To create more complex behaviors (perhaps using an LDAP lookup, or using “finger” on a central host to determine a preferred address for the developer), provide a different object as the lookup argument.

In the future, when the Problem mechanism has been set up, the Buildbot will need to send mail to arbitrary Users. It will do this by locating a MailNotifier-like object among all the buildmaster's status targets, and asking it to send messages to various Users. This means the User-to-address mapping only has to be set up once, in your MailNotifier, and every email message the buildbot emits will take advantage of it.


Next: , Previous: Email Addresses, Up: Users

3.7.3 IRC Nicknames

Like MailNotifier, the buildbot.status.words.IRC class provides a status target which can announce the results of each build. It also provides an interactive interface by responding to online queries posted in the channel or sent as private messages.

In the future, the buildbot can be configured map User names to IRC nicknames, to watch for the recent presence of these nicknames, and to deliver build status messages to the interested parties. Like MailNotifier does for email addresses, the IRC object will have an IRCLookup which is responsible for nicknames. The mapping can be set up statically, or it can be updated by online users themselves (by claiming a username with some kind of “buildbot: i am user warner” commands).

Once the mapping is established, the rest of the buildbot can ask the IRC object to send messages to various users. It can report on the likelihood that the user saw the given message (based upon how long the user has been inactive on the channel), which might prompt the Problem Hassler logic to send them an email message instead.


Previous: IRC Nicknames, Up: Users

3.7.4 Live Status Clients

The Buildbot also offers a desktop status client interface which can display real-time build status in a GUI panel on the developer's desktop.


Previous: Users, Up: Concepts

3.8 Build Properties

Each build has a set of “Build Properties”, which can be used by its BuildSteps to modify their actions. These properties, in the form of key-value pairs, provide a general framework for dynamically altering the behavior of a build based on its circumstances.

Properties come from a number of places:

Properties are very flexible, and can be used to implement all manner of functionality. Here are some examples:

Most Source steps record the revision that they checked out in the got_revision property. A later step could use this property to specify the name of a fully-built tarball, dropped in an easily-acessible directory for later testing.

Some projects want to perform nightly builds as well as bulding in response to committed changes. Such a project would run two schedulers, both pointing to the same set of builders, but could provide an is_nightly property so that steps can distinguish the nightly builds, perhaps to run more resource-intensive tests.

Some projects have different build processes on different systems. Rather than create a build factory for each slave, the steps can use buildslave properties to identify the unique aspects of each slave and adapt the build process dynamically.


Next: , Previous: Concepts, Up: Top

4 Configuration

The buildbot's behavior is defined by the “config file”, which normally lives in the master.cfg file in the buildmaster's base directory (but this can be changed with an option to the buildbot create-master command). This file completely specifies which Builders are to be run, which slaves they should use, how Changes should be tracked, and where the status information is to be sent. The buildmaster's buildbot.tac file names the base directory; everything else comes from the config file.

A sample config file was installed for you when you created the buildmaster, but you will need to edit it before your buildbot will do anything useful.

This chapter gives an overview of the format of this file and the various sections in it. You will need to read the later chapters to understand how to fill in each section properly.


Next: , Up: Configuration

4.1 Config File Format

The config file is, fundamentally, just a piece of Python code which defines a dictionary named BuildmasterConfig, with a number of keys that are treated specially. You don't need to know Python to do basic configuration, though, you can just copy the syntax of the sample file. If you are comfortable writing Python code, however, you can use all the power of a full programming language to achieve more complicated configurations.

The BuildmasterConfig name is the only one which matters: all other names defined during the execution of the file are discarded. When parsing the config file, the Buildmaster generally compares the old configuration with the new one and performs the minimum set of actions necessary to bring the buildbot up to date: Builders which are not changed are left untouched, and Builders which are modified get to keep their old event history.

The beginning of the master.cfg file typically starts with something like:

     BuildmasterConfig = c = {}

Therefore a config key of change_source will usually appear in master.cfg as c['change_source'].

See Configuration Index for a full list of BuildMasterConfig keys.

Basic Python Syntax

Python comments start with a hash character (“#”), tuples are defined with (parenthesis, pairs), and lists (arrays) are defined with [square, brackets]. Tuples and lists are mostly interchangeable. Dictionaries (data structures which map “keys” to “values”) are defined with curly braces: {'key1': 'value1', 'key2': 'value2'} . Function calls (and object instantiation) can use named parameters, like w = html.Waterfall(http_port=8010).

The config file starts with a series of import statements, which make various kinds of Steps and Status targets available for later use. The main BuildmasterConfig dictionary is created, then it is populated with a variety of keys, described section-by-section in subsequent chapters.


Next: , Previous: Config File Format, Up: Configuration

4.2 Predefined Config File Symbols

The following symbols are automatically available for use in the configuration file.

basedir
the base directory for the buildmaster. This string has not been expanded, so it may start with a tilde. It needs to be expanded before use. The config file is located in os.path.expanduser(os.path.join(basedir, 'master.cfg'))
__file__
the absolute path of the config file. The config file's directory is located in os.path.dirname(__file__).


Next: , Previous: Loading the Config File, Up: Configuration

4.3 Testing the Config File

To verify that the config file is well-formed and contains no deprecated or invalid elements, use the “checkconfig” command, passing it either a master directory or a config file.

     % buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
     Config file is good!
     # or
     % buildbot checkconfig /tmp/masterdir
     Config file is good!

If the config file has deprecated features (perhaps because you've upgraded the buildmaster and need to update the config file to match), they will be announced by checkconfig. In this case, the config file will work, but you should really remove the deprecated items and use the recommended replacements instead:

     % buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
     /usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/buildbot/master.py:559: DeprecationWarning: c['sources'] is
     deprecated as of 0.7.6 and will be removed by 0.8.0 . Please use c['change_source'] instead.
       warnings.warn(m, DeprecationWarning)
     Config file is good!

If the config file is simply broken, that will be caught too:

     % buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
     Traceback (most recent call last):
       File "/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/buildbot/scripts/runner.py", line 834, in doCheckConfig
         ConfigLoader(configFile)
       File "/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/buildbot/scripts/checkconfig.py", line 31, in __init__
         self.loadConfig(configFile)
       File "/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/buildbot/master.py", line 480, in loadConfig
         exec f in localDict
       File "/home/warner/BuildBot/master/foolscap/master.cfg", line 90, in ?
         c[bogus] = "stuff"
     NameError: name 'bogus' is not defined


Next: , Previous: Predefined Config File Symbols, Up: Configuration

4.4 Loading the Config File

The configuration file is only read at specific points in time. It is first read when the buildmaster is launched. If the configuration is invalid, the master will display the errors in the console output, but will not exit.


Next: , Previous: Testing the Config File, Up: Configuration

4.5 Reloading the Config File (reconfig)

If you are on the system hosting the buildmaster, you can send a SIGHUP signal to it: the buildbot tool has a shortcut for this:

     buildbot reconfig BASEDIR

This command will show you all of the lines from twistd.log that relate to the reconfiguration. If there are any problems during the config-file reload, they will be displayed in these lines.

When reloading the config file, the buildmaster will endeavor to change as little as possible about the running system. For example, although old status targets may be shut down and new ones started up, any status targets that were not changed since the last time the config file was read will be left running and untouched. Likewise any Builders which have not been changed will be left running. If a Builder is modified (say, the build process is changed) while a Build is currently running, that Build will keep running with the old process until it completes. Any previously queued Builds (or Builds which get queued after the reconfig) will use the new process.

Warning

Buildbot's reconfiguration system is fragile for a few difficult-to-fix reasons:

The bbproto project (at https://github.com/dabrahams/bbproto) may help to construct large (multi-file) configurations which can be effectively reloaded and reconfigured.

Reconfig by Debug Client

The debug tool (buildbot debugclient --master HOST:PORT) has a “Reload .cfg” button which will also trigger a reload. In the future, there will be other ways to accomplish this step (probably a password-protected button on the web page, as well as a privileged IRC command).


Next: , Previous: Reloading the Config File (reconfig), Up: Configuration

4.6 Global Configuration

The keys in this section affect the operations of the buildmaster globally.


Next: , Up: Global Configuration

4.6.1 Database Specification

Buildbot requires a connection to a database to maintain certain state information, such as tracking pending build requests. By default this is stored in a sqlite file called 'state.sqlite' in the base directory of your master. This can be overridden with the db_url parameter.

The format of this parameter is completely documetned at http://www.sqlalchemy.org/docs/dialects/, but is generally of the form:

     driver://[username:password@]host:port/database[?args]

For sqlite databases, since there is no host and port, relative paths are specified with sqlite:/// and absolute paths with sqlite:////. Examples:

Notes for particular database backends:

SQLite

     c['db_url'] = "sqlite:///state.sqlite"

No special configuration is required to use SQLite.

MySQL

     c['db_url'] = "mysql://user:pass@somehost.com/database_name?max_idle=300"

The max_idle argument for MySQL connections is unique to Buildbot, and should be set to something less than the wait_timeout configured for your server. This controls the SQLAlchemy pool_recycle parameter, which defaults to no timeout. Setting this parameter ensures that connections are closed and re-opened after the configured amount of idle time. If you see errors such as _mysql_exceptions.OperationalError: (2006, 'MySQL server has gone away'), this means your max_idle setting is probably too high. show global variables like 'wait_timeout'; will show what the currently configured wait_timeout is on your MySQL server.

Buildbot requires use_unique=True and charset=utf8, and will add them automatically, so they do not need to be specified in db_url.

MySQL defaults to the MyISAM storage engine, but this can be overridden with the storage_engine URL argument. Note that, because of InnoDB's extremely short key length limitations, it cannot be used to run Buildbot. See http://bugs.mysql.com/bug.php?id=4541 for more information.

Buildbot uses temporary tables internally to manage large transactions. MySQL has trouble doing replication with temporary tables, so if you are using a replicated MySQL installation, you may need to handle this situation carefully. The MySQL documentation (http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.5/en/replication-features-temptables.html) recommends using --replicate-wild-ignore-table to ignore temporary tables that should not be replicated. All Buildbot temporary tables begin with bbtmp_, so an option such as --replicate-wild-ignore-table=bbtmp_.* may help.

Postgres

     c['db_url'] = "postgresql://username@hostname/dbname"

No special configuration is required to use Postgres.


Next: , Previous: Database Specification, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.2 Multi-master mode

Normally buildbot operates using a single master process that uses the configured database to save state.

It is possible to configure buildbot to have multiple master processes that share state in the same database. This has been well tested using a MySQL database. There are several benefits of Multi-master mode:

State that is shared in the database includes:

Because of this shared state, you are strongly encouraged to:

One suggested configuration is to have one buildbot master configured with just the scheduler and change sources; and then other masters configured with just the builders.

To enable multi-master mode in this configuration, you will need to set the multiMaster option so that buildbot doesn't warn about missing schedulers or builders. You will also need to set db_poll_interval to the masters with only builders check the database for new build requests at the configured interval.

     # Enable multiMaster mode; disables warnings about unknown builders and
     # schedulers
     c['multiMaster'] = True
     # Check for new build requests every 60 seconds
     c['db_poll_interval'] = 60


Next: , Previous: Multi-master mode, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.3 Site Definition

Three basic settings describe the buildmaster in status reports.

     c['title'] = "Buildbot"
     c['titleURL'] = "http://buildbot.sourceforge.net/"
     c['buildbotURL'] = "http://localhost:8010/"

title is a short string that will appear at the top of this buildbot installation's html.WebStatus home page (linked to the titleURL), and is embedded in the title of the waterfall HTML page.

titleURL is a URL string that must end with a slash (/). HTML status displays will show title as a link to titleURL. This URL is often used to provide a link from buildbot HTML pages to your project's home page.

The buildbotURL string should point to the location where the buildbot's internal web server is visible. This URL must end with a slash (/). This typically uses the port number set for the web status (see WebStatus): the buildbot needs your help to figure out a suitable externally-visible host URL.

When status notices are sent to users (either by email or over IRC), buildbotURL will be used to create a URL to the specific build or problem that they are being notified about. It will also be made available to queriers (over IRC) who want to find out where to get more information about this buildbot.


Next: , Previous: Site Definition, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.4 Log Handling

     c['logCompressionLimit'] = 16384
     c['logCompressionMethod'] = 'gz'
     c['logMaxSize'] = 1024*1024 # 1M
     c['logMaxTailSize'] = 32768

The logCompressionLimit enables compression of build logs on disk for logs that are bigger than the given size, or disables that completely if set to False. The default value is 4k, which should be a reasonable default on most file systems. This setting has no impact on status plugins, and merely affects the required disk space on the master for build logs.

The logCompressionMethod controls what type of compression is used for build logs. The default is 'bz2', the other valid option is 'gz'. 'bz2' offers better compression at the expense of more CPU time.

The logMaxSize parameter sets an upper limit (in bytes) to how large logs from an individual build step can be. The default value is None, meaning no upper limit to the log size. Any output exceeding logMaxSize will be truncated, and a message to this effect will be added to the log's HEADER channel.

If logMaxSize is set, and the output from a step exceeds the maximum, the logMaxTailSize parameter controls how much of the end of the build log will be kept. The effect of setting this parameter is that the log will contain the first logMaxSize bytes and the last logMaxTailSize bytes of output. Don't set this value too high, as the the tail of the log is kept in memory.


Next: , Previous: Log Handling, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.5 Data Lifetime

     c['changeHorizon'] = 200
     c['buildHorizon'] = 100
     c['eventHorizon'] = 50
     c['logHorizon'] = 40
     c['caches'] = { 'changes' : 100 }
     c['buildCacheSize'] = 15

Horizons

Buildbot stores historical information about builds on disk in the form of "Pickle" files and compressed logfiles. In a large installation, these can quickly consume disk space, yet in many cases developers never consult this historical information.

The c['changeHorizon'] key determines how many changes the master will keep a record of. One place these changes are displayed is on the waterfall page. This parameter defaults to 0, which means keep all changes indefinitely.

The buildHorizon specifies the minimum number of builds for each builder which should be kept on disk. The eventHorizon specifies the minumum number of events to keep – events mostly describe connections and disconnections of slaves, and are seldom helpful to developers. The logHorizon gives the minimum number of builds for which logs should be maintained; this parameter must be less than buildHorizon. Builds older than logHorizon but not older than buildHorizon will maintain their overall status and the status of each step, but the logfiles will be deleted.

Caches

The caches configuration key contains the configuration for Buildbot's in-memory caches. These caches keep frequently-used objects in memory to avoid unnecessary trips to the database or to pickle files. Caches are divided by object type, and each has a configurable maximum size. The default size for each cache is 1, which allows Buildbot to make a number of optimizations without consuming much memory. Larger, busier installations will likely want to increase these values.

The available caches are:

  1. Changes

    the number of change objects to cache in memory. This should be larger than the number of changes that typically arrive in the span of a few minutes, otherwise your schedulers will be reloading changes from the database every time they run. For distributed version control systems, like git or hg, several thousand changes may arrive at once, so setting this parameter to something like 10000 isn't unreasonable.

    This parameter is the same as the deprecated global parameter changeCacheSize.

  2. chdicts

    The number of rows from the changes table to cache in memory. This value should be similar to the value for Changes.

  3. BuildRequests

    the number of BuildRequest objects kept in memory. This number should be higher than the typical number of outstanding build requests. If the master ordinarily finds jobs for BuildRequests immediately, it can be set to a relatively low value.

  4. SourceStamps

    the number of SourceStamp objects kept in memory. This number should generally be similar to the number BuildRequesets.

  5. ssdicts

    The number of rows from the sourcestamps table to cache in memory. This value should be similar to the value for SourceStamps.

The global buildCacheSize parameter gives the number of builds for each builder which are cached in memory. This number should be larger than the number of builds required for commonly-used status displays (the waterfall or grid views), so that those displays do not miss the cache on a refresh.

     c['buildCacheSize'] = 15


Next: , Previous: Data Lifetime, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.6 Merging Build Requests (global option)

This is a global default value for builders' mergeRequests parameter, and controls the merging of build requests. See Merging Build Requests for more details.


Next: , Previous: Merging Build Requests (global option), Up: Global Configuration

4.6.7 Prioritizing Builders

By default, buildbot will attempt to start builds on builders in order from the builder with the highest priority or oldest pending request to the lowest-priority, newest request. This behaviour can be customized with the c['prioritizeBuilders'] configuration key. This key specifies a function which is called with two arguments: a BuildMaster and a list of Builder objects. It should return a list of Builder objects in the desired order. It may also remove items from the list if builds should not be started on those builders. If necessary, this function can return its results via a Deferred (it is called with maybeDeferred).

This parameter controls the order in which builders are activated. It does not affect the order in which a builder processes the build requests in its queue. For that purpose, see see Prioritizing Builds.

     def prioritizeBuilders(buildmaster, builders):
         """Prioritize builders.  'finalRelease' builds have the highest
         priority, so they should be built before running tests, or
         creating builds."""
         builderPriorities = {
             "finalRelease": 0,
             "test": 1,
             "build": 2,
         }
         builders.sort(key=lambda b: builderPriorities.get(b.name, 0))
         return builders
     
     c['prioritizeBuilders'] = prioritizeBuilders


Next: , Previous: Prioritizing Builders, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.8 Setting the PB Port for Slaves

     c['slavePortnum'] = 10000

The buildmaster will listen on a TCP port of your choosing for connections from buildslaves. It can also use this port for connections from remote Change Sources, status clients, and debug tools. This port should be visible to the outside world, and you'll need to tell your buildslave admins about your choice.

It does not matter which port you pick, as long it is externally visible, however you should probably use something larger than 1024, since most operating systems don't allow non-root processes to bind to low-numbered ports. If your buildmaster is behind a firewall or a NAT box of some sort, you may have to configure your firewall to permit inbound connections to this port.

c['slavePortnum'] is a strports specification string, defined in the twisted.application.strports module (try pydoc twisted.application.strports to get documentation on the format). This means that you can have the buildmaster listen on a localhost-only port by doing:

     c['slavePortnum'] = "tcp:10000:interface=127.0.0.1"

This might be useful if you only run buildslaves on the same machine, and they are all configured to contact the buildmaster at localhost:10000.


Next: , Previous: Setting the PB Port for Slaves, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.9 Defining Global Properties

The 'properties' configuration key defines a dictionary of properties that will be available to all builds started by the buildmaster:

     c['properties'] = {
         'Widget-version' : '1.2',
         'release-stage' : 'alpha'
     }


Next: , Previous: Defining Global Properties, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.10 Debug Options

If you set c['debugPassword'], then you can connect to the buildmaster with the diagnostic tool launched by buildbot debugclient MASTER:PORT. From this tool, you can reload the config file, manually force builds, and inject changes, which may be useful for testing your buildmaster without actually commiting changes to your repository (or before you have the Change Sources set up). The debug tool uses the same port number as the slaves do: c['slavePortnum'], and is authenticated with this password.

     c['debugPassword'] = "debugpassword"

If you set c['manhole'] to an instance of one of the classes in buildbot.manhole, you can telnet or ssh into the buildmaster and get an interactive Python shell, which may be useful for debugging buildbot internals. It is probably only useful for buildbot developers. It exposes full access to the buildmaster's account (including the ability to modify and delete files), so it should not be enabled with a weak or easily guessable password.

There are three separate Manhole classes. Two of them use SSH, one uses unencrypted telnet. Two of them use a username+password combination to grant access, one of them uses an SSH-style authorized_keys file which contains a list of ssh public keys.

Note that using any Manhole requires that pycrypto and pyasn1 be installed. These are not part of the normal Buildbot dependencies.

buildbot.manhole.AuthorizedKeysManhole
You construct this with the name of a file that contains one SSH public key per line, just like ~/.ssh/authorized_keys. If you provide a non-absolute filename, it will be interpreted relative to the buildmaster's base directory.
buildbot.manhole.PasswordManhole
This one accepts SSH connections but asks for a username and password when authenticating. It accepts only one such pair.
buildbot.manhole.TelnetManhole
This accepts regular unencrypted telnet connections, and asks for a username/password pair before providing access. Because this username/password is transmitted in the clear, and because Manhole access to the buildmaster is equivalent to granting full shell privileges to both the buildmaster and all the buildslaves (and to all accounts which then run code produced by the buildslaves), it is highly recommended that you use one of the SSH manholes instead.
     # some examples:
     from buildbot import manhole
     c['manhole'] = manhole.AuthorizedKeysManhole(1234, "authorized_keys")
     c['manhole'] = manhole.PasswordManhole(1234, "alice", "mysecretpassword")
     c['manhole'] = manhole.TelnetManhole(1234, "bob", "snoop_my_password_please")

The Manhole instance can be configured to listen on a specific port. You may wish to have this listening port bind to the loopback interface (sometimes known as “lo0”, “localhost”, or 127.0.0.1) to restrict access to clients which are running on the same host.

     from buildbot.manhole import PasswordManhole
     c['manhole'] = PasswordManhole("tcp:9999:interface=127.0.0.1","admin","passwd")

To have the Manhole listen on all interfaces, use "tcp:9999" or simply 9999. This port specification uses twisted.application.strports, so you can make it listen on SSL or even UNIX-domain sockets if you want.

The buildmaster's SSH server will use a different host key than the normal sshd running on a typical unix host. This will cause the ssh client to complain about a “host key mismatch”, because it does not realize there are two separate servers running on the same host. To avoid this, use a clause like the following in your .ssh/config file:

     Host remotehost-buildbot
      HostName remotehost
      HostKeyAlias remotehost-buildbot
      Port 9999
      # use 'user' if you use PasswordManhole and your name is not 'admin'.
      # if you use AuthorizedKeysManhole, this probably doesn't matter.
      User admin

Using Manhole

After you have connected to a manhole instance, you will find yourself at a Python prompt. You have access to two objects: master (the BuildMaster) and status (the master's Status object). Most interesting objects on the master can be reached from these two objects.

To aid in navigation, the show method is defined. It displays the non-method attributes of an object.

A manhole session might look like:

     >>> show(master)
     data attributes of <buildbot.master.BuildMaster instance at 0x7f7a4ab7df38>
                            basedir : '/home/dustin/code/buildbot/t/buildbot/'...
                          botmaster : <type 'instance'>
                     buildCacheSize : None
                       buildHorizon : None
                        buildbotURL : http://localhost:8010/
                    changeCacheSize : None
                         change_svc : <type 'instance'>
                     configFileName : master.cfg
                                 db : <class 'buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector'>
                   db_poll_interval : None
                             db_url : sqlite:///state.sqlite
                                   ...
     >>> show(master.botmaster.builders['win32'])
     data attributes of <Builder ''builder'' at 48963528>
                                   ...
     >>> win32 = _
     >>> win32.category = 'w32'


Previous: Debug Options, Up: Global Configuration

4.6.11 Metrics Options

     c['metrics'] = dict(log_interval=10, periodic_interval=10)

c['metrics'] can be a dictionary that configures various aspects of the metrics subsystem. If c['metrics'] is None, then metrics collection, logging and reporting will be disabled.

log_interval determines how often metrics should be logged to twistd.log. It default to 60s. If set to 0 or None, then logging of metrics will be disabled. This value can be changed via a reconfig.

periodic_interval determines how often various non-event based metrics are collected, such as memory usage, uncollectable garbage, reactor delay. This defaults to 10s. If set to 0 or None, then periodic collection of this data is disabled. This value can also be changed via a reconifg.

Read more about metrics in the Metrics section of the documentation.


Next: , Previous: Global Configuration, Up: Configuration

4.7 Change Sources

A Version Control System mantains a source tree, and tells the buildmaster when it changes. The first step of each Build is typically to acquire a copy of some version of this tree.

This chapter describes how the Buildbot learns about what Changes have occurred. For more information on VC systems and Changes, see Version Control Systems.

Changes can be provided by a variety of ChangeSource types, although any given project will typically have only a single ChangeSource active. This section provides a description of all available ChangeSource types and explains how to set up each of them.

In general, each Buildmaster watches a single source tree. It is possible to work around this, but true support for multi-tree builds remains elusive.


Next: , Up: Change Sources

4.7.1 Choosing a Change Source

There are a variety of ChangeSources available, some of which are meant to be used in conjunction with other tools to deliver Change events from the VC repository to the buildmaster.

As a quick guide, here is a list of VC systems and the ChangeSources that might be useful with them. All of these ChangeSources are in the buildbot.changes module. The contrib/ scripts mentioned below are available on github - see Contrib Scripts.

CVS

SVN

Darcs

Mercurial

Bzr (the newer Bazaar)

Git

Repo/Git

Monotone

All VC systems can be driven by a PBChangeSource, and the buildbot sendchange tool run from some form of commit script. If you write an email parsing function, they can also all be driven by a suitable MaildirSource. Additionally, handlers for web-based notification (i.e. from github) can be used with WebStatus' change_hook module. The interface is simple, so adding your own handlers (and sharing!) should be a breeze.


Next: , Previous: Choosing a Change Source, Up: Change Sources

4.7.2 Configuring Change Sources

The master.cfg configuration file has a dictionary key named BuildmasterConfig['change_source'], which holds the active IChangeSource object. The config file will typically create an object from one of the classes described below and stuff it into this key.

Each buildmaster typically has just a single ChangeSource, since it is only watching a single source tree. But if, for some reason, you need multiple sources, just set c['change_source'] to a list of ChangeSources.

     s = PBChangeSource()
     c['change_source'] = [s]

Each source tree has a nominal top. Each Change has a list of filenames, which are all relative to this top location. The ChangeSource is responsible for doing whatever is necessary to accomplish this. Most sources have a prefix argument: a partial pathname which is stripped from the front of all filenames provided to that ChangeSource. Files which are outside this sub-tree are ignored by the changesource: it does not generate Changes for those files.

Repository and Project

ChangeSources will, in general, automatically provide the proper 'repository' attribute for any changes they produce. For systems which operate on URL-like specifiers, this is a repository URL. Other ChangeSources adapt the concept as necessary.

Many ChangeSources allow you to specify a project, as well. This attribute is useful when building from several distinct codebases in the same buildmaster: the project string can serve to differentiate the different codebases. Schedulers can filter on project, so you can configure different builders to run for each project.


Next: , Previous: Configuring Change Sources, Up: Change Sources

4.7.3 Mail-parsing ChangeSources

Many projects publish information about changes to their source tree by sending an email message out to a mailing list, frequently named PROJECT-commits or PROJECT-changes. Each message usually contains a description of the change (who made the change, which files were affected) and sometimes a copy of the diff. Humans can subscribe to this list to stay informed about what's happening to the source tree.

The Buildbot can also be subscribed to a -commits mailing list, and can trigger builds in response to Changes that it hears about. The buildmaster admin needs to arrange for these email messages to arrive in a place where the buildmaster can find them, and configure the buildmaster to parse the messages correctly. Once that is in place, the email parser will create Change objects and deliver them to the Schedulers (see see Schedulers) just like any other ChangeSource.

There are two components to setting up an email-based ChangeSource. The first is to route the email messages to the buildmaster, which is done by dropping them into a “maildir”. The second is to actually parse the messages, which is highly dependent upon the tool that was used to create them. Each VC system has a collection of favorite change-emailing tools, and each has a slightly different format, so each has a different parsing function. There is a separate ChangeSource variant for each parsing function.

Once you've chosen a maildir location and a parsing function, create the change source and put it in c['change_source']:

     from buildbot.changes.mail import CVSMaildirSource
     c['change_source'] = CVSMaildirSource("/home/buildbot/Mail", urlmaker=fileToUrl)


Next: , Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.1 Subscribing the Buildmaster

The recommended way to install the buildbot is to create a dedicated account for the buildmaster. If you do this, the account will probably have a distinct email address (perhaps buildmaster@example.org). Then just arrange for this account's email to be delivered to a suitable maildir (described in the next section).

If the buildbot does not have its own account, “extension addresses” can be used to distinguish between email intended for the buildmaster and email intended for the rest of the account. In most modern MTAs, the e.g. foo@example.org account has control over every email address at example.org which begins with "foo", such that email addressed to account-foo@example.org can be delivered to a different destination than account-bar@example.org. qmail does this by using separate .qmail files for the two destinations (.qmail-foo and .qmail-bar, with .qmail controlling the base address and .qmail-default controlling all other extensions). Other MTAs have similar mechanisms.

Thus you can assign an extension address like foo-buildmaster@example.org to the buildmaster, and retain foo@example.org for your own use.


Next: , Previous: Subscribing the Buildmaster, Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.2 Using Maildirs

A “maildir” is a simple directory structure originally developed for qmail that allows safe atomic update without locking. Create a base directory with three subdirectories: “new”, “tmp”, and “cur”. When messages arrive, they are put into a uniquely-named file (using pids, timestamps, and random numbers) in “tmp”. When the file is complete, it is atomically renamed into “new”. Eventually the buildmaster notices the file in “new”, reads and parses the contents, then moves it into “cur”. A cronjob can be used to delete files in “cur” at leisure.

Maildirs are frequently created with the maildirmake tool, but a simple mkdir -p ~/MAILDIR/{cur,new,tmp} is pretty much equivalent.

Many modern MTAs can deliver directly to maildirs. The usual .forward or .procmailrc syntax is to name the base directory with a trailing slash, so something like ~/MAILDIR/ . qmail and postfix are maildir-capable MTAs, and procmail is a maildir-capable MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).

Here is an example procmail config, located in ~/.procmailrc

     # .procmailrc
     # routes incoming mail to appropriate mailboxes
     PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin
     MAILDIR=$HOME/Mail
     LOGFILE=.procmail_log
     SHELL=/bin/sh
     
     :0
     *
     new

If procmail is not setup on a system wide basis, then the following one-line .forward file will invoke it.

     !/usr/bin/procmail

For MTAs which cannot put files into maildirs directly, the safecat tool can be executed from a .forward file to accomplish the same thing.

The Buildmaster uses the linux DNotify facility to receive immediate notification when the maildir's “new” directory has changed. When this facility is not available, it polls the directory for new messages, every 10 seconds by default.


Next: , Previous: Using Maildirs, Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.3 Parsing Email Change Messages

The second component to setting up an email-based ChangeSource is to parse the actual notices. This is highly dependent upon the VC system and commit script in use.

A couple of common tools used to create these change emails, along with the buildbot tools to parse them, are:

CVS
Buildbot CVS MailNotifier
CVSMaildirSource

SVN
svnmailer
http://opensource.perlig.de/en/svnmailer/
commit-email.pl
SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource

Bzr
Launchpad
BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource

Mercurial
NotifyExtension
http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/wiki/index.cgi/NotifyExtension

Git
post-receive-email
http://git.kernel.org/?p=git/git.git;a=blob;f=contrib/hooks/post-receive-email;hb=HEAD

The following sections describe the parsers available for each of these tools.

Most of these parsers accept a prefix= argument, which is used to limit the set of files that the buildmaster pays attention to. This is most useful for systems like CVS and SVN which put multiple projects in a single repository (or use repository names to indicate branches). Each filename that appears in the email is tested against the prefix: if the filename does not start with the prefix, the file is ignored. If the filename does start with the prefix, that prefix is stripped from the filename before any further processing is done. Thus the prefix usually ends with a slash.


Next: , Previous: Parsing Email Change Messages, Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.4 CVSMaildirSource

This parser works with the buildbot_cvs_maildir.py script in the contrib directory.

The script sends an email containing all the files submitted in one directory. It is invoked by using the CVSROOT/loginfo facility.

The Buildbot's CVSMaildirSource knows how to parse these messages and turn them into Change objects. It takes two parameters, the directory name of the maildir root, and an optional function to create a URL for each file. The function takes three parameters:

      file   - file name
      oldRev - old revision of the file
      newRev - new revision of the file

It must return, oldly enough, a url for the file in question. For example:

     def fileToUrl( file, oldRev, newRev ):
         return 'http://example.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/' + file + '?rev=' + newRev
     
     from buildbot.changes.mail import CVSMaildirSource
     c['change_source'] = CVSMaildirSource("/home/buildbot/Mail", urlmaker=fileToUrl)

Configuration of CVS and buildbot_cvs_mail.py

CVS must be configured to invoke the buildbot_cvs_mail.py script when files are checked in. This is done via the CVS loginfo configuration file.

To update this, first do:

     cvs checkout CVSROOT

cd to the CVSROOT directory and edit the file loginfo, adding a line like:

     SomeModule /cvsroot/CVSROOT/buildbot_cvs_mail.py --cvsroot :ext:example.com:/cvsroot -e buildbot -P SomeModule %{sVv}

NOTE: For cvs version 1.12.x, the '--path %p' option is required. Version 1.11.x and 1.12.x report the directory path differently.

The above example you put the buildbot_cvs_mail.py script under /cvsroot/CVSROOT. It can be anywhere. Run the script with –help to see all the options. At the very least, the options -e (email) and -P (project) should be specified. The line must end with %{sVv} This is expanded to the files that were modified.

Additional entries can be added to support more modules.

The following is an abreviated form of buildbot_cvs_mail.py –help

     
     Usage:
     
         buildbot-cvs-mail [options] %{sVv}
     
     Where options are:
     
         --category=category
         -C
             Category for change. This becomes the Change.category attribute.
             This may not make sense to specify it here, as category is meant
             to distinguish the diffrent types of bots inside a same project,
             such as "test", "docs", "full"
     
         --cvsroot=<path>
         -c
             CVSROOT for use by buildbot slaves to checkout code.
             This becomes the Change.repository attribute.
             Exmaple: :ext:myhost:/cvsroot
     
         --email=email
         -e email
             Email address of the buildbot.
     
         --fromhost=hostname
         -f hostname
             The hostname that email messages appear to be coming from.  The From:
             header of the outgoing message will look like user@hostname.  By
             default, hostname is the machine's fully qualified domain name.
     
         --help / -h
             Print this text.
     
         -m hostname
         --mailhost=hostname
             The hostname of an available SMTP server.  The default is
             'localhost'.
     
         --mailport=port
             The port number of SMTP server.  The default is '25'.
     
         --quiet / -q
             Don't print as much status to stdout.
     
         --path=path
         -p path
             The path for the files in this update. This comes from the %p parameter
             in loginfo for CVS version 1.12.x. Do not use this for CVS version 1.11.x
     
         --project=project
         -P project
             The project for the source. Use the CVS module being modified. This
             becomes the Change.project attribute.
     
         -R ADDR
         --reply-to=ADDR
           Add a "Reply-To: ADDR" header to the email message.
     
         -t
         --testing
           Construct message and send to stdout for testing
     
     The rest of the command line arguments are:
     
         %{sVv}
             CVS %{sVv} loginfo expansion.  When invoked by CVS, this will be a single
             string containing the files that are changing.


Next: , Previous: CVSMaildirSource, Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.5 SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource

SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource parses message sent out by the commit-email.pl script, which is included in the Subversion distribution.

It does not currently handle branches: all of the Change objects that it creates will be associated with the default (i.e. trunk) branch.

     from buildbot.changes.mail import SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource
     c['change_source'] = SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource("~/maildir-buildbot")


Previous: SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource, Up: Mail-parsing ChangeSources
4.7.3.6 BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource

BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource parses the mails that are sent to addresses that subscribe to branch revision notifications for a bzr branch hosted on Launchpad.

The branch name defaults to lp:<Launchpad path>. For example lp:~maria-captains/maria/5.1.

If only a single branch is used, the default branch name can be changed by setting defaultBranch.

For multiple branches, pass a dictionary as the value of the branchMap option to map specific repository paths to specific branch names (see example below). The leading lp: prefix of the path is optional.

The prefix option is not supported (it is silently ignored). Use the branchMap and defaultBranch instead to assign changes to branches (and just do not subscribe the buildbot to branches that are not of interest).

The revision number is obtained from the email text. The bzr revision id is not available in the mails sent by Launchpad. However, it is possible to set the bzr append_revisions_only option for public shared repositories to avoid new pushes of merges changing the meaning of old revision numbers.

from buildbot.changes.mail import BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource
bm = { 'lp:~maria-captains/maria/5.1' : '5.1', 'lp:~maria-captains/maria/6.0' : '6.0' }
c['change_source'] = BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource("~/maildir-buildbot", branchMap = bm)


Next: , Previous: Mail-parsing ChangeSources, Up: Change Sources

4.7.4 PBChangeSource

PBChangeSource actually listens on a TCP port for clients to connect and push change notices into the Buildmaster. This is used by the built-in buildbot sendchange notification tool, as well as several version-control hook scripts. This change source is also useful for creating new kinds of change sources that work on a push model instead of some kind of subscription scheme, for example a script which is run out of an email .forward file. This ChangeSource always runs on the same TCP port as the slaves. It shares the same protocol, and in fact shares the same space of "usernames", so you cannot configure a PBChangeSource with the same name as a slave.

If you have a publicly accessible slave port, and are using PBChangeSource, you must establish a secure username and password for the change source. If your sendchange credentials are known (e.g., the defaults), then your buildmaster is susceptible to injection of arbitrary changes, which (depending on the build factories) could lead to arbitrary code execution on buildslaves.

The PBChangeSource is created with the following arguments.

port
which port to listen on. If None (which is the default), it shares the port used for buildslave connections.
user and passwd
The user/passwd account information that the client program must use to connect. Defaults to change and changepw. Do not use these defaults on a publicly exposed port!
prefix
The prefix to be found and stripped from filenames delivered over the connection, defaulting to None. Any filenames which do not start with this prefix will be removed. If all the filenames in a given Change are removed, the that whole Change will be dropped. This string should probably end with a directory separator.

This is useful for changes coming from version control systems that represent branches as parent directories within the repository (like SVN and Perforce). Use a prefix of 'trunk/' or 'project/branches/foobranch/' to only follow one branch and to get correct tree-relative filenames. Without a prefix, the PBChangeSource will probably deliver Changes with filenames like trunk/foo.c instead of just foo.c. Of course this also depends upon the tool sending the Changes in (like buildbot sendchange) and what filenames it is delivering: that tool may be filtering and stripping prefixes at the sending end.

The following hooks are useful for sending changes to a PBChangeSource:


Next: , Up: PBChangeSource
4.7.4.1 Mercurial Hook

Since Mercurial is written in python, the hook script can invoke Buildbot's sendchange function directly, rather than having to spawn an external process. This function delivers the same sort of changes as buildbot sendchange and the various hook scripts in contrib/, so you'll need to add a pb.PBChangeSource to your buildmaster to receive these changes.

To set this up, first choose a Mercurial repository that represents your central “official” source tree. This will be the same repository that your buildslaves will eventually pull from. Install Buildbot on the machine that hosts this repository, using the same version of python as Mercurial is using (so that the Mercurial hook can import code from buildbot). Then add the following to the .hg/hgrc file in that repository, replacing the buildmaster hostname/portnumber as appropriate for your buildbot:

     [hooks]
     changegroup.buildbot = python:buildbot.changes.hgbuildbot.hook
     
     [hgbuildbot]
     master = buildmaster.example.org:9987

(Note that Mercurial lets you define multiple changegroup hooks by giving them distinct names, like changegroup.foo and changegroup.bar, which is why we use changegroup.buildbot in this example. There is nothing magical about the “buildbot” suffix in the hook name. The [hgbuildbot] section is special, however, as it is the only section that the buildbot hook pays attention to.)

Also note that this runs as a changegroup hook, rather than as an incoming hook. The changegroup hook is run with multiple revisions at a time (say, if multiple revisions are being pushed to this repository in a single hg push command), whereas the incoming hook is run with just one revision at a time. The hgbuildbot.hook function will only work with the changegroup hook.

If the buildmaster PBChangeSource is configured to require sendchange credentials then you can set these with the auth parameter. When this parameter is not set it defaults to change:changepw, which are the defaults for the user and password values of a PBChangeSource which doesn't require authentication.

     [hgbuildbot]
     master = buildmaster.example.org:9987
     auth = clientname:supersecret

You can set this parameter in either the global /etc/mercurial/hgrc, your personal ~/.hgrc file or the repository local .hg/hgrc file. But since this value is stored in plain text, you must make sure that it can only be read by those users that need to know the authentication credentials.

The [hgbuildbot] section has two other parameters that you might specify, both of which control the name of the branch that is attached to the changes coming from this hook.

One common branch naming policy for Mercurial repositories is to use it just like Darcs: each branch goes into a separate repository, and all the branches for a single project share a common parent directory. For example, you might have /var/repos/PROJECT/trunk/ and /var/repos/PROJECT/release. To use this style, use the branchtype = dirname setting, which simply uses the last component of the repository's enclosing directory as the branch name:

     [hgbuildbot]
     master = buildmaster.example.org:9987
     branchtype = dirname

Another approach is to use Mercurial's built-in branches (the kind created with hg branch and listed with hg branches). This feature associates persistent names with particular lines of descent within a single repository. (note that the buildbot source.Mercurial checkout step does not yet support this kind of branch). To have the commit hook deliver this sort of branch name with the Change object, use branchtype = inrepo:

     [hgbuildbot]
     master = buildmaster.example.org:9987
     branchtype = inrepo

Finally, if you want to simply specify the branchname directly, for all changes, use branch = BRANCHNAME. This overrides branchtype:

     [hgbuildbot]
     master = buildmaster.example.org:9987
     branch = trunk

If you use branch= like this, you'll need to put a separate .hgrc in each repository. If you use branchtype=, you may be able to use the same .hgrc for all your repositories, stored in ~/.hgrc or /etc/mercurial/hgrc.

As twisted needs to hook some Signals, and that some web server are strictly forbiding that, the parameter fork in the [hgbuildbot] section will instruct mercurial to fork before sending the change request. Then as the created process will be of short life, it is considered as safe to disable the signal restriction in the Apache setting like that WSGIRestrictSignal Off. Refer to the documentation of your web server for other way to do the same.

The category parameter sets the category for any changes generated from the hook. Likewise, the project parameter sets the project. Changes' repository attributes are formed from the Mercurial repo path by stripping strip slashes.


Previous: Mercurial Hook, Up: PBChangeSource
4.7.4.2 Bzr Hook

Bzr is also written in Python, and the Bzr hook depends on Twisted to send the changes.

To install, put contrib/bzr_buildbot.py (see Contrib Scripts) in one of your plugins locations a bzr plugins directory (e.g., ~/.bazaar/plugins). Then, in one of your bazaar conf files (e.g., ~/.bazaar/locations.conf), set the location you want to connect with buildbot with these keys:

buildbot_on
one of 'commit', 'push, or 'change'. Turns the plugin on to report changes via commit, changes via push, or any changes to the trunk. 'change' is recommended.
buildbot_server
(required to send to a buildbot master) the URL of the buildbot master to which you will connect (as of this writing, the same server and port to which slaves connect).
buildbot_port
(optional, defaults to 9989) the port of the buildbot master to which you will connect (as of this writing, the same server and port to which slaves connect)
buildbot_pqm
(optional, defaults to not pqm) Normally, the user that commits the revision is the user that is responsible for the change. When run in a pqm (Patch Queue Manager, see https://launchpad.net/pqm) environment, the user that commits is the Patch Queue Manager, and the user that committed the *parent* revision is responsible for the change. To turn on the pqm mode, set this value to any of (case-insensitive) "Yes", "Y", "True", or "T".
buildbot_dry_run
(optional, defaults to not a dry run) Normally, the post-commit hook will attempt to communicate with the configured buildbot server and port. If this parameter is included and any of (case-insensitive) "Yes", "Y", "True", or "T", then the hook will simply print what it would have sent, but not attempt to contact the buildbot master.
buildbot_send_branch_name
(optional, defaults to not sending the branch name) If your buildbot's bzr source build step uses a repourl, do *not* turn this on. If your buildbot's bzr build step uses a baseURL, then you may set this value to any of (case-insensitive) "Yes", "Y", "True", or "T" to have the buildbot master append the branch name to the baseURL.

Note: The bzr smart server (as of version 2.2.2) doesn't know how to resolve bzr:// urls into absolute paths so any paths in locations.conf won't match, hence no change notifications will be sent to Buildbot. Setting configuration parameters globally or in-branch might still work.

When buildbot no longer has a hardcoded password, it will be a configuration option here as well.

Here's a simple example that you might have in your ~/.bazaar/locations.conf.

     [chroot-*:///var/local/myrepo/mybranch]
     buildbot_on = change
     buildbot_server = localhost


Next: , Previous: PBChangeSource, Up: Change Sources

4.7.5 P4Source

The P4Source periodically polls a Perforce depot for changes. It accepts the following arguments:

p4base
The base depot path to watch, without the trailing '/...'.
p4port
The Perforce server to connect to (as host:port).
p4user
The Perforce user.
p4passwd
The Perforce password.
p4bin
An optional string parameter. Specify the location of the perforce command line binary (p4). You only need to do this if the perforce binary is not in the path of the buildbot user. Defaults to “p4”.
split_file
A function that maps a pathname, without the leading p4base, to a (branch, filename) tuple. The default just returns (None, branchfile), which effectively disables branch support. You should supply a function which understands your repository structure.
pollInterval
How often to poll, in seconds. Defaults to 600 (10 minutes).
histmax
The maximum number of changes to inspect at a time. If more than this number occur since the last poll, older changes will be silently ignored.

Example

This configuration uses the P4PORT, P4USER, and P4PASSWD specified in the buildmaster's environment. It watches a project in which the branch name is simply the next path component, and the file is all path components after.

     from buildbot.changes import p4poller
     s = p4poller.P4Source(p4base='//depot/project/',
                           split_file=lambda branchfile: branchfile.split('/',1),
                          )
     c['change_source'] = s


Next: , Previous: P4Source, Up: Change Sources

4.7.6 BonsaiPoller

The BonsaiPoller periodically polls a Bonsai server. This is a CGI script accessed through a web server that provides information about a CVS tree, for example the Mozilla bonsai server at http://bonsai.mozilla.org. Bonsai servers are usable by both humans and machines. In this case, the buildbot's change source forms a query which asks about any files in the specified branch which have changed since the last query.

BonsaiPoller accepts the following arguments:

bonsaiURL
The base URL of the Bonsai server, e.g., http://bonsai.mozilla.org
module
The module to look for changes in. Commonly this is all.
branch
The branch to look for changes in. This will appear in the branch field of the resulting change objects.
tree
The tree to look for changes in. Commonly this is all.
cvsroot
The CVS root of the repository. Usually this is /cvsroot.
pollInterval
The time (in seconds) between queries for changes.
project
The project name to attach to all change objects produced by this change source.


Next: , Previous: BonsaiPoller, Up: Change Sources

4.7.7 SVNPoller

The buildbot.changes.svnpoller.SVNPoller is a ChangeSource which periodically polls a Subversion repository for new revisions, by running the svn log command in a subshell. It can watch a single branch or multiple branches.

SVNPoller accepts the following arguments:

svnurl
The base URL path to watch, like svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk, or http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/, or even file:///home/svn/Repository/ProjectA/branches/1.5/. This must include the access scheme, the location of the repository (both the hostname for remote ones, and any additional directory names necessary to get to the repository), and the sub-path within the repository's virtual filesystem for the project and branch of interest.

The SVNPoller will only pay attention to files inside the subdirectory specified by the complete svnurl.

split_file
A function to convert pathnames into (branch, relative_pathname) tuples. Use this to explain your repository's branch-naming policy to SVNPoller. This function must accept a single string and return a two-entry tuple. There are a few utility functions in buildbot.changes.svnpoller that can be used as a split_file function; see below for details.

The default value always returns (None, path), which indicates that all files are on the trunk.

Subclasses of SVNPoller can override the split_file method instead of using the split_file= argument.

project
Set the name of the project to be used for the SVNPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the SVNPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.
svnuser
An optional string parameter. If set, the --user argument will be added to all svn commands. Use this if you have to authenticate to the svn server before you can do svn info or svn log commands.
svnpasswd
Like svnuser, this will cause a --password argument to be passed to all svn commands.
pollInterval
How often to poll, in seconds. Defaults to 600 (checking once every 10 minutes). Lower this if you want the buildbot to notice changes faster, raise it if you want to reduce the network and CPU load on your svn server. Please be considerate of public SVN repositories by using a large interval when polling them.
histmax
The maximum number of changes to inspect at a time. Every POLLINTERVAL seconds, the SVNPoller asks for the last HISTMAX changes and looks through them for any ones it does not already know about. If more than HISTMAX revisions have been committed since the last poll, older changes will be silently ignored. Larger values of histmax will cause more time and memory to be consumed on each poll attempt. histmax defaults to 100.
svnbin
This controls the svn executable to use. If subversion is installed in a weird place on your system (outside of the buildmaster's $PATH), use this to tell SVNPoller where to find it. The default value of “svn” will almost always be sufficient.
revlinktmpl
This parameter allows a link to be provided for each revision (for example, to websvn or viewvc). These links appear anywhere changes are shown, such as on build or change pages. The proper form for this parameter is an URL with the portion that will substitute for a revision number replaced by ”%s”. For example, 'http://myserver/websvn/revision.php?rev=%s' could be used to cause revision links to be created to a websvn repository viewer.
cachepath
If specified, buildbot will cache processed revisions between restarts. This means you don't miss changes that were committed if the master is down for any reason.

Branches

Each source file that is tracked by a Subversion repository has a fully-qualified SVN URL in the following form: (REPOURL)(PROJECT-plus-BRANCH)(FILEPATH). When you create the SVNPoller, you give it a svnurl value that includes all of the REPOURL and possibly some portion of the PROJECT-plus-BRANCH string. The SVNPoller is responsible for producing Changes that contain a branch name and a FILEPATH (which is relative to the top of a checked-out tree). The details of how these strings are split up depend upon how your repository names its branches.

PROJECT/BRANCHNAME/FILEPATH repositories

One common layout is to have all the various projects that share a repository get a single top-level directory each. Then under a given project's directory, you get two subdirectories, one named “trunk” and another named “branches”. Under “branches” you have a bunch of other directories, one per branch, with names like “1.5.x” and “testing”. It is also common to see directories like “tags” and “releases” next to “branches” and “trunk”.

For example, the Twisted project has a subversion server on “svn.twistedmatrix.com” that hosts several sub-projects. The repository is available through a SCHEME of “svn:”. The primary sub-project is Twisted, of course, with a repository root of “svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted”. Another sub-project is Informant, with a root of “svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Informant”, etc. Inside any checked-out Twisted tree, there is a file named bin/trial (which is used to run unit test suites).

The trunk for Twisted is in “svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk”, and the fully-qualified SVN URL for the trunk version of trial would be “svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk/bin/trial”. The same SVNURL for that file on a branch named “1.5.x” would be “svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/branches/1.5.x/bin/trial”.

To set up a SVNPoller that watches the Twisted trunk (and nothing else), we would use the following:

     from buildbot.changes.svnpoller import SVNPoller
     c['change_source'] = SVNPoller("svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk")

In this case, every Change that our SVNPoller produces will have .branch=None, to indicate that the Change is on the trunk. No other sub-projects or branches will be tracked.

If we want our ChangeSource to follow multiple branches, we have to do two things. First we have to change our svnurl= argument to watch more than just “.../Twisted/trunk”. We will set it to “.../Twisted” so that we'll see both the trunk and all the branches. Second, we have to tell SVNPoller how to split the (PROJECT-plus-BRANCH)(FILEPATH) strings it gets from the repository out into (BRANCH) and (FILEPATH) pairs.

We do the latter by providing a “split_file” function. This function is responsible for splitting something like “branches/1.5.x/bin/trial” into branch=”branches/1.5.x” and filepath=”bin/trial”. This function is always given a string that names a file relative to the subdirectory pointed to by the SVNPoller's svnurl= argument. It is expected to return a (BRANCHNAME, FILEPATH) tuple (in which FILEPATH is relative to the branch indicated), or None to indicate that the file is outside any project of interest.

(note that we want to see “branches/1.5.x” rather than just “1.5.x” because when we perform the SVN checkout, we will probably append the branch name to the baseURL, which requires that we keep the “branches” component in there. Other VC schemes use a different approach towards branches and may not require this artifact.)

If your repository uses this same PROJECT/BRANCH/FILEPATH naming scheme, the following function will work:

     def split_file_branches(path):
         pieces = path.split('/')
         if pieces[0] == 'trunk':
             return (None, '/'.join(pieces[1:]))
         elif pieces[0] == 'branches':
             return ('/'.join(pieces[0:2]),
                     '/'.join(pieces[2:]))
         else:
             return None

This function is provided as buildbot.changes.svnpoller.split_file_branches for your convenience. So to have our Twisted-watching SVNPoller follow multiple branches, we would use this:

     from buildbot.changes.svnpoller import SVNPoller, split_file_branches
     c['change_source'] = SVNPoller("svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted",
                                    split_file=split_file_branches)

Changes for all sorts of branches (with names like “branches/1.5.x”, and None to indicate the trunk) will be delivered to the Schedulers. Each Scheduler is then free to use or ignore each branch as it sees fit.

BRANCHNAME/PROJECT/FILEPATH repositories

Another common way to organize a Subversion repository is to put the branch name at the top, and the projects underneath. This is especially frequent when there are a number of related sub-projects that all get released in a group.

For example, Divmod.org hosts a project named “Nevow” as well as one named “Quotient”. In a checked-out Nevow tree there is a directory named “formless” that contains a python source file named “webform.py”. This repository is accessible via webdav (and thus uses an “http:” scheme) through the divmod.org hostname. There are many branches in this repository, and they use a (BRANCHNAME)/(PROJECT) naming policy.

The fully-qualified SVN URL for the trunk version of webform.py is http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow/formless/webform.py. You can do an svn co with that URL and get a copy of the latest version. The 1.5.x branch version of this file would have a URL of http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/branches/1.5.x/Nevow/formless/webform.py. The whole Nevow trunk would be checked out with http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow, while the Quotient trunk would be checked out using http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Quotient.

Now suppose we want to have an SVNPoller that only cares about the Nevow trunk. This case looks just like the PROJECT/BRANCH layout described earlier:

     from buildbot.changes.svnpoller import SVNPoller
     c['change_source'] = SVNPoller("http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow")

But what happens when we want to track multiple Nevow branches? We have to point our svnurl= high enough to see all those branches, but we also don't want to include Quotient changes (since we're only building Nevow). To accomplish this, we must rely upon the split_file function to help us tell the difference between files that belong to Nevow and those that belong to Quotient, as well as figuring out which branch each one is on.

     from buildbot.changes.svnpoller import SVNPoller
     c['change_source'] = SVNPoller("http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod",
                                    split_file=my_file_splitter)

The my_file_splitter function will be called with repository-relative pathnames like:

trunk/Nevow/formless/webform.py
This is a Nevow file, on the trunk. We want the Change that includes this to see a filename of formless/webform.py", and a branch of None
branches/1.5.x/Nevow/formless/webform.py
This is a Nevow file, on a branch. We want to get branch=”branches/1.5.x” and filename=”formless/webform.py”.
trunk/Quotient/setup.py
This is a Quotient file, so we want to ignore it by having my_file_splitter return None.
branches/1.5.x/Quotient/setup.py
This is also a Quotient file, which should be ignored.

The following definition for my_file_splitter will do the job:

     def my_file_splitter(path):
         pieces = path.split('/')
         if pieces[0] == 'trunk':
             branch = None
             pieces.pop(0) # remove 'trunk'
         elif pieces[0] == 'branches':
             pieces.pop(0) # remove 'branches'
             # grab branch name
             branch = 'branches/' + pieces.pop(0)
         else:
             return None # something weird
         projectname = pieces.pop(0)
         if projectname != 'Nevow':
             return None # wrong project
         return (branch, '/'.join(pieces))


Next: , Previous: SVNPoller, Up: Change Sources

4.7.8 Bzr Poller

If you cannot insert a Bzr hook in the server, you can use the Bzr Poller. To use, put contrib/bzr_buildbot.py (see Contrib Scripts) somewhere that your buildbot configuration can import it. Even putting it in the same directory as the master.cfg should work. Install the poller in the buildbot configuration as with any other change source. Minimally, provide a URL that you want to poll (bzr://, bzr+ssh://, or lp:), though make sure the buildbot user has necessary privileges. You may also want to specify these optional values.

poll_interval
The number of seconds to wait between polls. Defaults to 10 minutes.
branch_name
Any value to be used as the branch name. Defaults to None, or specify a string, or specify the constants from bzr_buildbot.py SHORT or FULL to get the short branch name or full branch address.
blame_merge_author
normally, the user that commits the revision is the user that is responsible for the change. When run in a pqm (Patch Queue Manager, see https://launchpad.net/pqm) environment, the user that commits is the Patch Queue Manager, and the user that committed the merged, *parent* revision is responsible for the change. set this value to True if this is pointed against a PQM-managed branch.


Next: , Previous: GoogleCodeAtomPoller, Up: Change Sources

4.7.9 GitPoller

If you cannot take advantage of post-receive hooks as provided by contrib/git_buildbot.py for example, then you can use the GitPoller.

The GitPoller periodically fetches from a remote git repository and processes any changes. It requires its own working directory for operation, which can be specified via the workdir property. By default a temporary directory will be used.

The GitPoller only works with git 1.7 and up, out of the box. If you're using earlier versions of git, you can get things to work by manually creating an empty repository in <tempdir>/gitpoller_work.

GitPoller accepts the following arguments:

repourl
the git-url that describes the remote repository, e.g. git@example.com:foobaz/myrepo.git (see the git fetch help for more info on git-url formats)
branch
the desired branch to fetch, will default to 'master'
workdir
the directory where the poller should keep its local repository. will default to <tempdir>/gitpoller_work, which is probably not what you want. If this is a relative path, it will be interpreted relative to the master's basedir.
pollInterval
interval in seconds between polls, default is 10 minutes.
gitbin
path to the git binary, defaults to just 'git'
fetch_refspec
One or more refspecs to use when fetching updates for the repository. By default, the GitPoller will simply fetch all refs. If your repository is large enough that this would be unwise (or active enough on irrelevant branches that it'd be a waste of time to fetch them all), you may wish to specify only a certain refs to be updated. (A single refspec may be passed as a string, or multiple refspecs may be passed as a list or set of strings.)
category
Set the category to be used for the changes produced by the GitPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.
project
Set the name of the project to be used for the GitPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.
usetimestamps
parse each revision's commit timestamp (default is True), or ignore it in favor of the current time (so recently processed commits appear together in the waterfall page)
encoding
Set encoding will be used to parse author's name and commit message. Default encoding is 'utf-8'. This will not be applied to file names since git will translate non-ascii file names to unreadable escape sequences.

Example

     from buildbot.changes.gitpoller import GitPoller
     c['change_source'] = GitPoller('git@example.com:foobaz/myrepo.git',
                                    branch='great_new_feature',
                                    workdir='/home/buildbot/gitpoller_workdir')


Next: , Previous: GitPoller, Up: Change Sources

4.7.10 GerritChangeSource

The GerritChangeSource class connects to a Gerrit server by its SSH interface and uses its event source mechanism, gerrit stream-events.

This class adds a change to the buildbot system for each of the following events:

patchset-created
A change is proposed for review. Automatic checks like checkpatch.pl can be automatically triggered. Beware of what kind of automatic task you trigger. At this point, no trusted human has reviewed the code, and a patch could be specially crafted by an attacker to compromise your buildslaves.
ref-updated
A change has been merged into the repository. Typically, this kind of event can lead to a complete rebuild of the project, and upload binaries to an incremental build results server.

This class will populate the property list of the triggered build with the info received from Gerrit server in JSON format.

In case of “patchset-created” event, these properties will be:

event.change.branch
Branch of the Change
event.change.id
Change's ID in the Gerrit system (the ChangeId: in commit comments)
event.change.number
Change's number in Gerrit system
event.change.owner.email
Change's owner email (owner is first uploader)
event.change.owner.name
Change's owner name
event.change.project
Project of the Change
event.change.subject
Change's subject
event.change.url
URL of the Change in the Gerrit's web interface
event.patchSet.number
Patchset's version number
event.patchSet.ref
Patchset's Gerrit "virtual branch"
event.patchSet.revision
Patchset's Git commit ID
event.patchSet.uploader.email
Patchset uploader's email (owner is first uploader)
event.patchSet.uploader.name
Patchset uploader's name (owner is first uploader)
event.type
Event type (“patchset-created”)
event.uploader.email
Patchset uploader's email
event.uploader.name
Patchset uploader's name

In case of “ref-updated” event, these properties will be:

event.refUpdate.newRev
New Git commit ID (after merger)
event.refUpdate.oldRev
Previous Git commit ID (before merger)
event.refUpdate.project
Project that was updated
event.refUpdate.refName
Branch that was updated
event.submitter.email
Submitter's email (merger responsible)
event.submitter.name
Submitter's name (merger responsible)
event.type
Event type (“ref-updated”)
event.submitter.email
Submitter's email (merger responsible)
event.submitter.name
Submitter's name (merger responsible)

Example

     from buildbot.changes.gerritchangesource import GerritChangeSource
     c['change_source'] = GerritChangeSource(gerrit_server, gerrit_user)

see master/docs/examples/repo_gerrit.cfg in the Buildbot distribution for an example setup of GerritChangeSource.


Next: , Previous: Bzr Poller, Up: Change Sources

4.7.11 Change Hooks (HTTP Notifications)

Buildbot already provides a web frontend, and that frontend can easily be used to receive HTTP push notifications of commits from services like github. See see Change Hooks for more information.


Next: , Previous: Change Hooks (HTTP Notifications), Up: Change Sources

4.7.12 GoogleCodeAtomPoller

The GoogleCodeAtomPoller periodically polls a Google Code Project's commit feed for changes. Works on both SVN and Mercurial repositories. Branches are not understood (yet). It accepts the following arguments:

feedurl
The commit Atom feed URL of the GoogleCode repository (MANDATORY)
pollinterval
Polling frequency for the feed (in seconds). Default is 1 hour (OPTIONAL)

Example

To poll the Ostinato project's commit feed every 3 hours, use -

     from contrib.googlecode_atom import GoogleCodeAtomPoller
     poller = GoogleCodeAtomPoller(
         feedurl="http://code.google.com/feeds/p/ostinato/hgchanges/basic",
         pollinterval=10800)
     c['change_source'] = [ poller ]


Previous: GerritChangeSource, Up: Change Sources

4.7.13 Change Source Index


Next: , Previous: Change Sources, Up: Configuration

4.8 Schedulers

Schedulers are responsible for initiating builds on builders.

Some schedulers listen for changes from ChangeSources and generate build sets in response to these changes. Others generate build sets without changes, based on other events in the buildmaster.


Next: , Up: Schedulers

4.8.1 Configuring Schedulers

c['schedulers'] is a list of Scheduler instances, each of which causes builds to be started on a particular set of Builders. The two basic Scheduler classes you are likely to start with are Scheduler and Periodic, but you can write a customized subclass to implement more complicated build scheduling.

Scheduler arguments should always be specified by name (as keyword arguments), to allow for future expansion:

     sched = Scheduler(name="quick", builderNames=['lin', 'win'])

There are several common arguments for schedulers, although not all are available with all schedulers.

name
Each Scheduler must have a unique name. This is used in status displays, and is also available in the build property scheduler.
builderNames
This is the set of builders which this scheduler should trigger, specified as a list of names (strings).
properties
This is a dictionary specifying properties that will be transmitted to all builds started by this scheduler. The owner property may be of particular interest, as its contents (as a list) will be added to the list of "interested users" (see Doing Things With Users) for each triggered build. For example:
          sched = Scheduler(...,
              properties = { 'owner' : [ 'zorro@company.com', 'silver@company.com' ] })

fileIsImportant
A callable which takes one argument, a Change instance, and returns True if the change is worth building, and False if it is not. Unimportant Changes are accumulated until the build is triggered by an important change. The default value of None means that all Changes are important.
change_filter
The change filter that will determine whch changes are recognized by this scheduler; see Change Filters. Note that this is different from fileIsImportant: if the change filter filters out a Change, then it is completely ignored by the scheduler. If a Change is allowed by the change filter, but is deemed unimportant, then it will not cause builds to start, but will be remembered and shown in status displays.

The remaining subsections represent a catalog of the available Scheduler types. All these Schedulers are defined in modules under buildbot.schedulers, and the docstrings there are the best source of documentation on the arguments taken by each one.


Next: , Previous: Configuring Schedulers, Up: Schedulers

4.8.2 Change Filters

Several schedulers perform filtering on an incoming set of changes. The filter can most generically be specified as a ChangeFilter. Set up a ChangeFilter like this:

     from buildbot.changes.filter import ChangeFilter
     my_filter = ChangeFilter(
         project_re="^baseproduct/.*",
         branch="devel")

and then add it to a scheduler with the change_filter parameter:

     sch = SomeSchedulerClass(...,
         change_filter=my_filter)

There are four attributes of changes on which you can filter:

For each attribute, the filter can look for a single, specific value:

     my_filter = ChangeFilter(project = 'myproject')

or accept any of a set of values:

     my_filter = ChangeFilter(project = ['myproject', 'jimsproject'])

It can apply a regular expression, use the attribute name with a suffix of _re:

     my_filter = ChangeFilter(category_re = '.*deve.*')
     # or, to use regular expression flags:
     import re
     my_filter = ChangeFilter(category_re = re.compile('.*deve.*', re.I))

For anything more complicated, define a Python function to recognize the strings you want:

     def my_branch_fn(branch):
         return branch in branches_to_build and branch not in branches_to_ignore
     my_filter = ChangeFilter(branch_fn = my_branch_fn)

The special argument filter_fn can be used to specify a function that is given the entire Change object, and returns a boolean.

A Change passes the filter only if all arguments are satisfied. If no filter object is given to a scheduler, then all changes will be built (subject to any other restrictions the scheduler enforces).


Next: , Previous: Change Filters, Up: Schedulers

4.8.3 SingleBranchScheduler

This is the original and still most popular scheduler class. It follows exactly one branch, and starts a configurable tree-stable-timer after each change on that branch. When the timer expires, it starts a build on some set of Builders. The scheduler accepts a fileIsImportant function which can be used to ignore some Changes if they do not affect any “important” files.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name
builderNames
properties
fileIsImportant
change_filter
see Configuring Schedulers
treeStableTimer
The scheduler will wait for this many seconds before starting the build. If new changes are made during this interval, the timer will be restarted, so really the build will be started after a change and then after this many seconds of inactivity.

If treeStableTimer is None, then a separate build is started immediately for each Change.

categories (deprecated; use change_filter)
A list of categories of changes that this scheduler will respond to. If this is specified, then any non-matching changes are ignored.
branch (deprecated; use change_filter)
The scheduler will pay attention to this branch, ignoring Changes that occur on other branches. Setting branch equal to the special value of None means it should only pay attention to the default branch. Note that None is a keyword, not a string, so write None and not "None".

Example:

     from buildbot.schedulers.basic  import SingleBranchScheduler
     quick = SingleBranchScheduler(name="quick",
                         branch=None,
                         treeStableTimer=60,
                         builderNames=["quick-linux", "quick-netbsd"])
     full = SingleBranchScheduler(name="full",
                         branch=None,
                         treeStableTimer=5*60,
                         builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"])
     c['schedulers'] = [quick, full]

In this example, the two “quick” builders are triggered 60 seconds after the tree has been changed. The “full” builds do not run quite so quickly (they wait 5 minutes), so hopefully if the quick builds fail due to a missing file or really simple typo, the developer can discover and fix the problem before the full builds are started. Both Schedulers only pay attention to the default branch: any changes on other branches are ignored by these schedulers. Each scheduler triggers a different set of Builders, referenced by name.

The old names for this scheduler, buildbot.scheduler.Scheduler and buildbot.schedulers.basic.Scheduler, are deprecated in favor of the more accurate name SingleBranchScheduler.


Next: , Previous: SingleBranchScheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.4 AnyBranchScheduler

This scheduler uses a tree-stable-timer like the default one, but uses a separate timer for each branch.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name
builderNames
properties
fileIsImportant
change_filter
see Configuring Schedulers
treeStableTimer
The scheduler will wait for this many seconds before starting the build. If new changes are made during this interval, the timer will be restarted, so really the build will be started after a change and then after this many seconds of inactivity.
branches (deprecated; use change_filter)
This scheduler will pay attention to any number of branches, ignoring Changes that occur on other branches.
categories (deprecated; use change_filter)
A list of categories of changes that this scheduler will respond to. If this is specified, then any non-matching changes are ignored.


Next: , Previous: AnyBranchScheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.5 Dependent Scheduler

It is common to wind up with one kind of build which should only be performed if the same source code was successfully handled by some other kind of build first. An example might be a packaging step: you might only want to produce .deb or RPM packages from a tree that was known to compile successfully and pass all unit tests. You could put the packaging step in the same Build as the compile and testing steps, but there might be other reasons to not do this (in particular you might have several Builders worth of compiles/tests, but only wish to do the packaging once). Another example is if you want to skip the “full” builds after a failing “quick” build of the same source code. Or, if one Build creates a product (like a compiled library) that is used by some other Builder, you'd want to make sure the consuming Build is run after the producing one.

You can use “Dependencies” to express this relationship to the Buildbot. There is a special kind of scheduler named scheduler.Dependent that will watch an “upstream” scheduler for builds to complete successfully (on all of its Builders). Each time that happens, the same source code (i.e. the same SourceStamp) will be used to start a new set of builds, on a different set of Builders. This “downstream” scheduler doesn't pay attention to Changes at all. It only pays attention to the upstream scheduler.

If the build fails on any of the Builders in the upstream set, the downstream builds will not fire. Note that, for SourceStamps generated by a ChangeSource, the revision is None, meaning HEAD. If any changes are committed between the time the upstream scheduler begins its build and the time the dependent scheduler begins its build, then those changes will be included in the downstream build. See the see Triggerable Scheduler for a more flexible dependency mechanism that can avoid this problem.

The keyword arguments to this scheduler are:

name
builderNames
properties
upstream
The upstream scheduler to watch. Note that this is an “instance”, not the name of the scheduler.

Example:

     from buildbot.schedulers import dependent
     tests = basic.SingleBranchScheduler(name="just-tests", branch=None,
                     treeStableTimer=5*60,
                     builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"])
     package = dependent.Dependent(name="build-package",
                     upstream=tests, # <- no quotes!
                     builderNames=["make-tarball", "make-deb", "make-rpm"])
     c['schedulers'] = [tests, package]


Next: , Previous: Dependent Scheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.6 Periodic Scheduler

This simple scheduler just triggers a build every N seconds.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name
builderNames
properties
periodicBuildTimer
The time, in seconds, after which to start a build.

Example:

     from buildbot.schedulers import timed
     nightly = timed.Periodic(name="daily",
                     builderNames=["full-solaris"],
                     periodicBuildTimer=24*60*60)
     c['schedulers'] = [nightly]

The scheduler in this example just runs the full solaris build once per day. Note that this scheduler only lets you control the time between builds, not the absolute time-of-day of each Build, so this could easily wind up an “evening” or “every afternoon” scheduler depending upon when it was first activated.


Next: , Previous: Periodic Scheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.7 Nightly Scheduler

This is highly configurable periodic build scheduler, which triggers a build at particular times of day, week, month, or year. The configuration syntax is very similar to the well-known crontab format, in which you provide values for minute, hour, day, and month (some of which can be wildcards), and a build is triggered whenever the current time matches the given constraints. This can run a build every night, every morning, every weekend, alternate Thursdays, on your boss's birthday, etc.

Pass some subset of minute, hour, dayOfMonth, month, and dayOfWeek; each may be a single number or a list of valid values. The builds will be triggered whenever the current time matches these values. Wildcards are represented by a '*' string. All fields default to a wildcard except 'minute', so with no fields this defaults to a build every hour, on the hour. The full list of parameters is:

name
builderNames
properties
fileIsImportant
branch
(required) The branch to build when the time comes. Remember that a value of None here means the default branch, and will not match other branches!
change_filter
see Configuring Schedulers. Note that fileIsImportant and change_filter are only relevant if onlyIfChanged is true.
minute
The minute of the hour on which to start the build. This defaults to 0, meaning an hourly build.
hour
The hour of the day on which to start the build, in 24-hour notation. This defaults to *, meaning every hour.
dayOfMonth
The day of the month to start a build. This defauls to *, meaning every day.
month
The month in which to start the build, with January = 1. This defaults to *, meaning every month.
dayOfWeek
The day of the week to start a build, with Monday = 0. This defauls to *, meaning every day of the week. If dayOfMonth and dayOfWeek are both specified, builds will be started when either parameter matches.
onlyIfChanged
If this is true, then builds will not be scheduled at the designated time unless the specified branch has seen an important change since the previous build.

For example, the following master.cfg clause will cause a build to be started every night at 3:00am:

     from buildbot.schedulers import timed
     s = timed.Nightly(name='nightly',
             branch='master',
             builderNames=['builder1', 'builder2'],
             hour=3,
             minute=0)

This scheduler will perform a build each monday morning at 6:23am and again at 8:23am, but only if someone has committed code in the interim:

     s = timed.Nightly(name='BeforeWork',
              branch='default',
              builderNames=['builder1'],
              dayOfWeek=0,
              hour=[6,8],
              minute=23,
              onlyIfChanged=True)

The following runs a build every two hours, using Python's range function:

     s = timed.Nightly(name='every2hours',
             branch=None, # default branch
             builderNames=['builder1'],
             hour=range(0, 24, 2))

Finally, this example will run only on December 24th:

     s = timed.Nightly(name='SleighPreflightCheck',
             branch=None, # default branch
             builderNames=['flying_circuits', 'radar'],
             month=12,
             dayOfMonth=24,
             hour=12,
             minute=0)


Next: , Previous: Nightly Scheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.8 Try Schedulers

This scheduler allows developers to use the buildbot try command to trigger builds of code they have not yet committed. See try for complete details.

Two implementations are available: Try_Jobdir and Try_Userpass. The former monitors a job directory, specified by the jobdir parameter, while the latter listens for PB connections on a specific port, and authenticates against userport.

The buildmaster must have a scheduler instance in the config file's c['schedulers'] list to receive try requests. This lets the administrator control who may initiate these “trial” builds, which branches are eligible for trial builds, and which Builders should be used for them.

The scheduler has various means to accept build requests. All of them enforce more security than the usual buildmaster ports do. Any source code being built can be used to compromise the buildslave accounts, but in general that code must be checked out from the VC repository first, so only people with commit privileges can get control of the buildslaves. The usual force-build control channels can waste buildslave time but do not allow arbitrary commands to be executed by people who don't have those commit privileges. However, the source code patch that is provided with the trial build does not have to go through the VC system first, so it is important to make sure these builds cannot be abused by a non-committer to acquire as much control over the buildslaves as a committer has. Ideally, only developers who have commit access to the VC repository would be able to start trial builds, but unfortunately the buildmaster does not, in general, have access to VC system's user list.

As a result, the try scheduler requires a bit more configuration. There are currently two ways to set this up:

jobdir (ssh)
This approach creates a command queue directory, called the “jobdir”, in the buildmaster's working directory. The buildmaster admin sets the ownership and permissions of this directory to only grant write access to the desired set of developers, all of whom must have accounts on the machine. The buildbot try command creates a special file containing the source stamp information and drops it in the jobdir, just like a standard maildir. When the buildmaster notices the new file, it unpacks the information inside and starts the builds.

The config file entries used by 'buildbot try' either specify a local queuedir (for which write and mv are used) or a remote one (using scp and ssh).

The advantage of this scheme is that it is quite secure, the disadvantage is that it requires fiddling outside the buildmaster config (to set the permissions on the jobdir correctly). If the buildmaster machine happens to also house the VC repository, then it can be fairly easy to keep the VC userlist in sync with the trial-build userlist. If they are on different machines, this will be much more of a hassle. It may also involve granting developer accounts on a machine that would not otherwise require them.

To implement this, the buildslave invokes 'ssh -l username host buildbot tryserver ARGS', passing the patch contents over stdin. The arguments must include the inlet directory and the revision information.

user+password (PB)
In this approach, each developer gets a username/password pair, which are all listed in the buildmaster's configuration file. When the developer runs buildbot try, their machine connects to the buildmaster via PB and authenticates themselves using that username and password, then sends a PB command to start the trial build.

The advantage of this scheme is that the entire configuration is performed inside the buildmaster's config file. The disadvantages are that it is less secure (while the “cred” authentication system does not expose the password in plaintext over the wire, it does not offer most of the other security properties that SSH does). In addition, the buildmaster admin is responsible for maintaining the username/password list, adding and deleting entries as developers come and go.

For example, to set up the “jobdir” style of trial build, using a command queue directory of MASTERDIR/jobdir (and assuming that all your project developers were members of the developers unix group), you would first set up that directory:

     mkdir -p MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/new MASTERDIR/jobdir/cur MASTERDIR/jobdir/tmp
     chgrp developers MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/*
     chmod g+rwx,o-rwx MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/*

and then use the following scheduler in the buildmaster's config file:

     from buildbot.schedulers.trysched import Try_Jobdir
     s = Try_Jobdir(name="try1",
                    builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"],
                    jobdir="jobdir")
     c['schedulers'] = [s]

Note that you must create the jobdir before telling the buildmaster to use this configuration, otherwise you will get an error. Also remember that the buildmaster must be able to read and write to the jobdir as well. Be sure to watch the twistd.log file (see Logfiles) as you start using the jobdir, to make sure the buildmaster is happy with it.

To use the username/password form of authentication, create a Try_Userpass instance instead. It takes the same builderNames argument as the Try_Jobdir form, but accepts an addtional port argument (to specify the TCP port to listen on) and a userpass list of username/password pairs to accept. Remember to use good passwords for this: the security of the buildslave accounts depends upon it:

     from buildbot.schedulers.trysched import Try_Userpass
     s = Try_Userpass(name="try2",
                      builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"],
                      port=8031,
                      userpass=[("alice","pw1"), ("bob", "pw2")] )
     c['schedulers'] = [s]

Like most places in the buildbot, the port argument takes a strports specification. See twisted.application.strports for details.


Next: , Previous: Try Schedulers, Up: Schedulers

4.8.9 Triggerable Scheduler

The Triggerable scheduler waits to be triggered by a Trigger step (see Triggering Schedulers) in another build. That step can optionally wait for the scheduler's builds to complete. This provides two advantages over Dependent schedulers. First, the same scheduler can be triggered from multiple builds. Second, the ability to wait for a Triggerable's builds to complete provides a form of "subroutine call", where one or more builds can "call" a scheduler to perform some work for them, perhaps on other buildslaves.

The parameters are just the basics:

name
builderNames
properties

This class is only useful in conjunction with the Trigger step. Here is a fully-worked example:

     from buildbot.schedulers import basic, timed, triggerable
     from buildbot.process import factory
     from buildbot.steps import trigger
     
     checkin = basic.SingleBranchScheduler(name="checkin",
                 branch=None,
                 treeStableTimer=5*60,
                 builderNames=["checkin"])
     nightly = timed.Nightly(name='nightly',
                 builderNames=['nightly'],
                 hour=3,
                 minute=0)
     
     mktarball = triggerable.Triggerable(name="mktarball",
                     builderNames=["mktarball"])
     build = triggerable.Triggerable(name="build-all-platforms",
                     builderNames=["build-all-platforms"])
     test = triggerable.Triggerable(name="distributed-test",
                     builderNames=["distributed-test"])
     package = triggerable.Triggerable(name="package-all-platforms",
                     builderNames=["package-all-platforms"])
     
     c['schedulers'] = [mktarball, checkin, nightly, build, test, package]
     
     # on checkin, make a tarball, build it, and test it
     checkin_factory = factory.BuildFactory()
     checkin_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['mktarball'],
                                            waitForFinish=True))
     checkin_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-all-platforms'],
                                        waitForFinish=True))
     checkin_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['distributed-test'],
                                       waitForFinish=True))
     
     # and every night, make a tarball, build it, and package it
     nightly_factory = factory.BuildFactory()
     nightly_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['mktarball'],
                                            waitForFinish=True))
     nightly_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-all-platforms'],
                                        waitForFinish=True))
     nightly_factory.addStep(trigger.Trigger(schedulerNames=['package-all-platforms'],
                                          waitForFinish=True))


Previous: Triggerable Scheduler, Up: Schedulers

4.8.10 Scheduler Index


Next: , Previous: Schedulers, Up: Configuration

4.9 Buildslaves

The c['slaves'] key is a list of known buildslaves. In the common case, each buildslave is defined by an instance of the BuildSlave class. It represents a standard, manually started machine that will try to connect to the buildbot master as a slave. Contrast these with the "on-demand" latent buildslaves, such as the Amazon Web Service Elastic Compute Cloud latent buildslave discussed below.

The BuildSlave class is instantiated with two values: (slavename, slavepassword). These are the same two values that need to be provided to the buildslave administrator when they create the buildslave.

The slavenames must be unique, of course. The password exists to prevent evildoers from interfering with the buildbot by inserting their own (broken) buildslaves into the system and thus displacing the real ones.

Buildslaves with an unrecognized slavename or a non-matching password will be rejected when they attempt to connect, and a message describing the problem will be put in the log file (see Logfiles).

     from buildbot.buildslave import BuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd'),
                    BuildSlave('bot-bsd', 'bsdpasswd'),
                   ]

BuildSlave objects can also be created with an optional properties argument, a dictionary specifying properties that will be available to any builds performed on this slave. For example:

     from buildbot.buildslave import BuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                         properties={'os':'solaris'}),
                   ]

The BuildSlave constructor can also take an optional max_builds parameter to limit the number of builds that it will execute simultaneously:

     from buildbot.buildslave import BuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave("bot-linux", "linuxpassword", max_builds=2)]


Next: , Up: Buildslaves

4.9.1 Mater-slave TCP keepalive

By default, the buildmaster sends a simple, non-blocking message to each slave every hour. These keepalives ensure that traffic is flowing over the underlying TCP connection, allowing the system's network stack to detect any problems before a build is started.

The interval can be modified by specifying the interval in seconds using the keepalive_interval parameter of BuildSlave:

     c['slaves'] = [ BuildSlave('bot-linux', 'linuxpasswd',
                               keepalive_interval=3600),
                   ]

The interval can be set to None to disable this functionality altogether.


Next: , Previous: Master-slave TCP Keepalive, Up: Buildslaves

4.9.2 When Buildslaves Go Missing

Sometimes, the buildslaves go away. One very common reason for this is when the buildslave process is started once (manually) and left running, but then later the machine reboots and the process is not automatically restarted.

If you'd like to have the administrator of the buildslave (or other people) be notified by email when the buildslave has been missing for too long, just add the notify_on_missing= argument to the BuildSlave definition:

     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                               notify_on_missing="bob@example.com"),
                   ]

By default, this will send email when the buildslave has been disconnected for more than one hour. Only one email per connection-loss event will be sent. To change the timeout, use missing_timeout= and give it a number of seconds (the default is 3600).

You can have the buildmaster send email to multiple recipients: just provide a list of addresses instead of a single one:

     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                               notify_on_missing=["bob@example.com",
                                                  "alice@example.org"],
                               missing_timeout=300, # notify after 5 minutes
                               ),
                   ]

The email sent this way will use a MailNotifier (see MailNotifier) status target, if one is configured. This provides a way for you to control the “from” address of the email, as well as the relayhost (aka “smarthost”) to use as an SMTP server. If no MailNotifier is configured on this buildmaster, the buildslave-missing emails will be sent using a default configuration.

Note that if you want to have a MailNotifier for buildslave-missing emails but not for regular build emails, just create one with builders=[], as follows:

     from buildbot.status import mail
     m = mail.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@localhost", builders=[],
                           relayhost="smtp.example.org")
     c['status'].append(m)
     c['slaves'] = [BuildSlave('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                               notify_on_missing="bob@example.com"),
                   ]


Previous: When Buildslaves Go Missing, Up: Buildslaves

4.9.3 Latent Buildslaves

The standard buildbot model has slaves started manually. The previous section described how to configure the master for this approach.

Another approach is to let the buildbot master start slaves when builds are ready, on-demand. Thanks to services such as Amazon Web Services' Elastic Compute Cloud ("AWS EC2"), this is relatively easy to set up, and can be very useful for some situations.

The buildslaves that are started on-demand are called "latent" buildslaves. As of this writing, buildbot ships with an abstract base class for building latent buildslaves, and a concrete implementation for AWS EC2.


Next: , Up: Latent Buildslaves
4.9.3.1 Amazon Web Services Elastic Compute Cloud ("AWS EC2")

AWS EC2 is a web service that allows you to start virtual machines in an Amazon data center. Please see their website for details, incuding costs. Using the AWS EC2 latent buildslaves involves getting an EC2 account with AWS and setting up payment; customizing one or more EC2 machine images ("AMIs") on your desired operating system(s) and publishing them (privately if needed); and configuring the buildbot master to know how to start your customized images for "substantiating" your latent slaves.

Get an AWS EC2 Account

To start off, to use the AWS EC2 latent buildslave, you need to get an AWS developer account and sign up for EC2. These instructions may help you get started:

Create an AMI

Now you need to create an AMI and configure the master. You may need to run through this cycle a few times to get it working, but these instructions should get you started.

Creating an AMI is out of the scope of this document. The EC2 Getting Started Guide is a good resource for this task. Here are a few additional hints.

Configure the Master with an EC2LatentBuildSlave

Now let's assume you have an AMI that should work with the EC2LatentBuildSlave. It's now time to set up your buildbot master configuration.

You will need some information from your AWS account: the "Access Key Id" and the "Secret Access Key". If you've built the AMI yourself, you probably already are familiar with these values. If you have not, and someone has given you access to an AMI, these hints may help you find the necessary values:

When creating an EC2LatentBuildSlave in the buildbot master configuration, the first three arguments are required. The name and password are the first two arguments, and work the same as with normal buildslaves. The next argument specifies the type of the EC2 virtual machine (available options as of this writing include "m1.small", "m1.large", 'm1.xlarge", "c1.medium", and "c1.xlarge"; see the EC2 documentation for descriptions of these machines).

Here is the simplest example of configuring an EC2 latent buildslave. It specifies all necessary remaining values explicitly in the instantiation.

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [EC2LatentBuildSlave('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                                        ami='ami-12345',
                                        identifier='publickey',
                                        secret_identifier='privatekey'
                                        )]

The "ami" argument specifies the AMI that the master should start. The "identifier" argument specifies the AWS "Access Key Id," and the "secret_identifier" specifies the AWS "Secret Access Key." Both the AMI and the account information can be specified in alternate ways.

Note that whoever has your identifier and secret_identifier values can request AWS work charged to your account, so these values need to be carefully protected. Another way to specify these access keys is to put them in a separate file. You can then make the access privileges stricter for this separate file, and potentially let more people read your main configuration file.

By default, you can make an .ec2 directory in the home folder of the user running the buildbot master. In that directory, create a file called aws_id. The first line of that file should be your access key id; the second line should be your secret access key id. Then you can instantiate the build slave as follows.

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [EC2LatentBuildSlave('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                                        ami='ami-12345')]

If you want to put the key information in another file, use the "aws_id_file_path" initialization argument.

Previous examples used a particular AMI. If the Buildbot master will be deployed in a process-controlled environment, it may be convenient to specify the AMI more flexibly. Rather than specifying an individual AMI, specify one or two AMI filters.

In all cases, the AMI that sorts last by its location (the S3 bucket and manifest name) will be preferred.

One available filter is to specify the acceptable AMI owners, by AWS account number (the 12 digit number, usually rendered in AWS with hyphens like "1234-5678-9012", should be entered as in integer).

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     bot1 = EC2LatentBuildSlave('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                                valid_ami_owners=[11111111111,
                                                  22222222222],
                                identifier='publickey',
                                secret_identifier='privatekey'
                                )

The other available filter is to provide a regular expression string that will be matched against each AMI's location (the S3 bucket and manifest name).

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     bot1 = EC2LatentBuildSlave(
         'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
         valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*/image.manifest.xml',
         identifier='publickey', secret_identifier='privatekey')

The regular expression can specify a group, which will be preferred for the sorting. Only the first group is used; subsequent groups are ignored.

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     bot1 = EC2LatentBuildSlave(
         'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
         valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*\-(.*)/image.manifest.xml',
         identifier='publickey', secret_identifier='privatekey')

If the group can be cast to an integer, it will be. This allows 10 to sort after 1, for instance.

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     bot1 = EC2LatentBuildSlave(
         'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
         valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*\-(\d+)/image.manifest.xml',
         identifier='publickey', secret_identifier='privatekey')

In addition to using the password as a handshake between the master and the slave, you may want to use a firewall to assert that only machines from a specific IP can connect as slaves. This is possible with AWS EC2 by using the Elastic IP feature. To configure, generate a Elastic IP in AWS, and then specify it in your configuration using the "elastic_ip" argument.

     from buildbot.ec2buildslave import EC2LatentBuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [EC2LatentBuildSlave('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                                        'ami-12345',
                                        identifier='publickey',
                                        secret_identifier='privatekey',
                                        elastic_ip='208.77.188.166'
                                        )]

The EC2LatentBuildSlave supports all other configuration from the standard BuildSlave. The "missing_timeout" and "notify_on_missing" specify how long to wait for an EC2 instance to attach before considering the attempt to have failed, and email addresses to alert, respectively. "missing_timeout" defaults to 20 minutes.

The "build_wait_timeout" allows you to specify how long an EC2LatentBuildSlave should wait after a build for another build before it shuts down the EC2 instance. It defaults to 10 minutes.

"keypair_name" and "security_name" allow you to specify different names for these AWS EC2 values. They both default to "latent_buildbot_slave".


Next: , Previous: Amazon Web Services Elastic Compute Cloud ("AWS EC2"), Up: Latent Buildslaves
4.9.3.2 Libvirt

libvirt is a virtualization API for interacting with the virtualization capabilities of recent versions of Linux and other OSes. It is LGPL and comes with a stable C API, and python bindings.

This means we now have an API which when tied to buildbot allows us to have slaves that run under Xen, QEMU, KVM, LXC, OpenVZ, User Mode Linux, VirtualBox and VMWare.

The libvirt code in Buildbot was developed against libvirt 0.7.5 on Ubuntu Lucid. It is used with KVM to test python code on Karmic VM's, but obviously isn't limited to that. Each build is run on a new VM, images are temporary and thrown away after each build.

Setting up libvirt

We won't show you how to set up libvirt as it is quite different on each platform, but there are a few things you should keep in mind.

Configuring your base image

You need to create a base image for your builds that has everything needed to build your software. You need to configure the base image with a buildbot slave that is configured to connect to the master on boot.

Because this image may need updating a lot, we strongly suggest scripting its creation.

If you want to have multiple slaves using the same base image it can be annoying to duplicate the image just to change the buildbot credentials. One option is to use libvirt's DHCP server to allocate an identity to the slave: DHCP sets a hostname, and the slave takes its identity from that.

Doing all this is really beyond the scope of the manual, but there is a vmbuilder script and a network.xml file to create such a DHCP server in contrib/ (see Contrib Scripts) that should get you started:

     sudo apt-get install ubuntu-vm-builder
     sudo contrib/libvirt/vmbuilder

Should create an ubuntu/ folder with a suitable image in it.

     virsh net-define contrib/libvirt/network.xml
     virsh net-start buildbot-network

Should set up a KVM compatible libvirt network for your buildbot VM's to run on.

Configuring your Master

If you want to add a simple on demand VM to your setup, you only need the following. We set the username to minion1, the password to sekrit. The base image is called base_image and a copy of it will be made for the duration of the VM's life. That copy will be thrown away every time a build is complete.

     from buildbot.libvirtbuildslave import LibVirtBuildSlave
     c['slaves'] = [LibVirtBuildSlave('minion1', 'sekrit',
                                        '/home/buildbot/images/minion1', '/home/buildbot/images/base_image')]

You can use virt-manager to define 'minion1' with the correct hardware. If you don't, buildbot won't be able to find a VM to start.

LibVirtBuildSlave accepts the following arguments:

name
Both a buildbot username and the name of the virtual machine
password
A password for the buildbot to login to the master with
hd_image
The path to a libvirt disk image, normally in qcow2 format when using KVM.
base_image
If given a base image, buildbot will clone it every time it starts a VM. This means you always have a clean environment to do your build in.
xml
If a VM isn't predefined in virt-manager, then you can instead provide XML like that used with virsh define. The VM will be created automatically when needed, and destroyed when not needed any longer.


Next: , Previous: Libvirt, Up: Latent Buildslaves
4.9.3.3 Dangers with Latent Buildslaves

Any latent build slave that interacts with a for-fee service, such as the EC2LatentBuildSlave, brings significant risks. As already identified, the configuration will need access to account information that, if obtained by a criminal, can be used to charge services to your account. Also, bugs in the buildbot software may lead to unnecessary charges. In particular, if the master neglects to shut down an instance for some reason, a virtual machine may be running unnecessarily, charging against your account. Manual and/or automatic (e.g. nagios with a plugin using a library like boto) double-checking may be appropriate.

A comparatively trivial note is that currently if two instances try to attach to the same latent buildslave, it is likely that the system will become confused. This should not occur, unless, for instance, you configure a normal build slave to connect with the authentication of a latent buildbot. If this situation does occur, stop all attached instances and restart the master.


Previous: Dangers with Latent Buildslaves, Up: Latent Buildslaves
4.9.3.4 Writing New Latent Buildslaves

Writing a new latent buildslave should only require subclassing buildbot.buildslave.AbstractLatentBuildSlave and implementing start_instance and stop_instance.

     def start_instance(self):
         # responsible for starting instance that will try to connect with this
         # master. Should return deferred. Problems should use an errback. The
         # callback value can be None, or can be an iterable of short strings to
         # include in the "substantiate success" status message, such as
         # identifying the instance that started.
         raise NotImplementedError
     
     def stop_instance(self, fast=False):
         # responsible for shutting down instance. Return a deferred. If `fast`,
         # we're trying to shut the master down, so callback as soon as is safe.
         # Callback value is ignored.
         raise NotImplementedError

See buildbot.ec2buildslave.EC2LatentBuildSlave for an example.


Next: , Previous: Buildslaves, Up: Configuration

4.10 Builders


Next: , Up: Builders

4.10.1 Builder Configuration

The c['builders'] key is a list of objects giving configuration for the Builders. For more information, See Builder. The class definition for the builder configuration is in buildbot.config. In the configuration file, its use looks like:

     from buildbot.config import BuilderConfig
     c['builders'] = [
         BuilderConfig(name='quick', slavenames=['bot1', 'bot2'], factory=f_quick),
         BuilderConfig(name='thorough', slavename='bot1', factory=f_thorough),
     ]

The constructor takes the following keyword arguments:

name
This specifies the Builder's name, which is used in status reports.
slavename
slavenames
These arguments specify the buildslave or buildslaves that will be used by this Builder. All slaves names must appear in the c['slaves'] list. Each buildslave can accomodate multiple Builders. The slavenames parameter can be a list of names, while slavename can specify only one slave.
factory
This is a buildbot.process.factory.BuildFactory instance which controls how the build is performed. Full details appear in their own section, See Build Factories. Parameters like the location of the CVS repository and the compile-time options used for the build are generally provided as arguments to the factory's constructor.

Other optional keys may be set on each Builder:

builddir
Specifies the name of a subdirectory (under the base directory) in which everything related to this builder will be placed on the buildmaster. This holds build status information. If not set, defaults to name with some characters escaped. Each builder must have a unique build directory.
slavebuilddir
Specifies the name of a subdirectory (under the base directory) in which everything related to this builder will be placed on the buildslave. This is where checkouts, compiles, and tests are run. If not set, defaults to builddir. If a slave is connected to multiple builders that share the same slavebuilddir, make sure the slave is set to run one build at a time or ensure this is fine to run multiple builds from the same directory simultaneously.
category
If provided, this is a string that identifies a category for the builder to be a part of. Status clients can limit themselves to a subset of the available categories. A common use for this is to add new builders to your setup (for a new module, or for a new buildslave) that do not work correctly yet and allow you to integrate them with the active builders. You can put these new builders in a test category, make your main status clients ignore them, and have only private status clients pick them up. As soon as they work, you can move them over to the active category.
nextSlave
If provided, this is a function that controls which slave will be assigned future jobs. The function is passed two arguments, the Builder object which is assigning a new job, and a list of SlaveBuilder objects. The function should return one of the SlaveBuilder objects, or None if none of the available slaves should be used. This function can optionally return a Deferred which should fire with the same results.
nextBuild
If provided, this is a function that controls which build request will be handled next. The function is passed two arguments, the Builder object which is assigning a new job, and a list of BuildRequest objects representing pending build requests, sorted by increasing submission time. . The function should return one of the BuildRequest objects, or None if none of the pending builds should be started. This function can optionally return a Deferred which should fire with the same results.
locks
This argument specifies a list of locks that apply to this builder; See Interlocks.
env
A Builder may be given a dictionary of environment variables in this parameter. The variables are used in see ShellCommand steps in builds created by this builder. The environment variables will override anything in the buildslave's environment. Variables passed directly to a ShellCommand will override variables of the same name passed to the Builder.

For example, if you have a pool of identical slaves, it is often easier to manage variables like PATH from Buildbot, rather than manually editing it inside of the slaves' environment.

          f = factory.BuildFactory
          f.addStep(ShellCommand(
                        command=['bash', './configure']))
          f.addStep(Compile())
          
          c['builders'] = [
            BuilderConfig(name='test', factory=f,
                  slavenames=['slave1', 'slave2', 'slave3', 'slave4'],
                  env={'PATH': '/opt/local/bin:/opt/app/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin'}),
          ]

mergeRequests
Specifies how build requests for this builder should be merged, overriding the global option (see Merging Build Requests (global option)). See Merging Build Requests for details.
properties
A builder may be given a dictionary of Build Properties specific for this builder in this parameter. Those values can be used later on like other properties. see WithProperties.


Next: , Previous: Builder Configuration, Up: Builders

4.10.2 Merging Build Requests

When more than one build request is available for a builder, Buildbot can "merge" the requests into a single build. This is desirable when build requests arrive more quickly than the available slaves can satisfy them, but has the drawback that separate results for each build are not available.

This behavior can be controlled globally, using the c['mergeRequests'] parameter, and on a per-builder basis, using the mergeRequests argument to the builder configuration. If mergeRequests is given, it completely overrides the global configuration.

For either configuration parameter, a value of True (the default) causes buildbot to merge BuildRequests that have "compatible" source stamps. Source stamps are compatible if:

This algorithm is implemented by the SourceStamp method canBeMergedWith.

A configuration value of False indicates that requests should never be merged.

If the configuration value is a callable, that callable will be invoked with three positional arguments: a Builder object and two BuildRequest objects. It should return true if the requests can be merged, and False otherwise. For example:

     def mergeRequests(builder, req1, req2):
         "any requests with the same branch can be merged"
         return req1.branch == req2.branch
     c['mergeRequests'] = mergeRequests

In many cases, the details of the SourceStamps and BuildRequests are important. In this example, only BuildRequests with the same "reason" are merged; thus developers forcing builds for different reasons will see distinct builds. Note the use of the canBeMergedWith method to access the source stamp compatibility algorithm.

     def mergeRequests(builder, req1, req2):
         if req1.source.canBeMergedWith(req2.source) and  req1.reason == req2.reason:
            return True
         return False
     c['mergeRequests'] = mergeRequests

If it's necessary to perform some blocking operation to determine whether two requests can be merged, then the mergeRequests callable may return its result via Deferred. Note, however, that the number of invocations of the callable is proportional to the square of the request queue length, so a long-running callable may cause undesirable delays when the queue length grows.


Previous: Merging Build Requests, Up: Builders

4.10.3 Prioritizing Builds

The BuilderConfig parameter nextBuild can be use to prioritize build requests within a builder. Note that this is orthogonal to see Prioritizing Builders, which controls the order in which builders are called on to start their builds.

     def nextBuild(bldr, requests):
         for r in requests:
             if r.source.branch == 'release':
                 return r
         return requests[0]
     
     c['builders'] = [
       BuilderConfig(name='test', factory=f,
             nextBuild=nextBuild,
             slavenames=['slave1', 'slave2', 'slave3', 'slave4']),
     ]


Next: , Previous: Builders, Up: Configuration

4.11 Build Factories

Each Builder is equipped with a “build factory”, which is responsible for producing the actual Build objects that perform each build. This factory is created in the configuration file, and attached to a Builder through the factory element of its dictionary.

The standard BuildFactory object creates Build objects by default. These Builds will each execute a collection of BuildSteps in a fixed sequence. Each step can affect the results of the build, but in general there is little intelligence to tie the different steps together.

The steps used by these builds are all subclasses of BuildStep. The standard ones provided with Buildbot are documented later, See Build Steps. You can also write your own subclasses to use in builds.

The basic behavior for a BuildStep is to:


Next: , Up: Build Factories

4.11.1 BuildFactory

A BuildFactory defines the steps that every build will follow. Think of it as a glorified script. For example, a build which consists of a CVS checkout followed by a make build would be constructed as follows:

     from buildbot.steps import source, shell
     from buildbot.process import factory
     
     f = factory.BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(source.CVS(cvsroot=CVSROOT, cvsmodule="project", mode="update"))
     f.addStep(shell.Compile(command=["make", "build"]))

It is also possible to pass a list of steps into the BuildFactory when it is created. Using addStep is usually simpler, but there are cases where is is more convenient to create the list of steps ahead of time, perhaps using some Python tricks to generate the steps.

     from buildbot.steps import source, shell
     from buildbot.process import factory
     
     all_steps = [
         source.CVS(cvsroot=CVSROOT, cvsmodule="project", mode="update"),
         shell.Compile(command=["make", "build"]),
     ]
     f = factory.BuildFactory(all_steps)

Finally, you can also add a sequence of steps all at once:

     f.addSteps(all_steps)

Attributes

useProgress
(defaults to True): if True, the buildmaster keeps track of how long each step takes, so it can provide estimates of how long future builds will take. If builds are not expected to take a consistent amount of time (such as incremental builds in which a random set of files are recompiled or tested each time), this should be set to False to inhibit progress-tracking.
workdir
(defaults to 'build'): workdir given to every build step created by this factory as default. The workdir can be overridden in a build step definition. If this attribute is set to a string, that string will be used for constructing the workdir (buildslave base + builder builddir + workdir). If this attributed is set to a Python callable, that callable will be called with SourceStamp as single parameter and is supposed to return a string which will be used as above. The latter is useful in scenarios with multiple repositories submitting changes to BuildBot. In this case you likely will want to have a dedicated workdir per repository, since otherwise a sourcing step with mode = "update" will fail as a workdir with a working copy of repository A can't be "updated" for changes from a repository B. Here is an example how you can achive workdir-per-repo:
          #
          # pre-repository working directory
          #
          def workdir (source_stamp):
              return hashlib.md5 (source_stamp.repository).hexdigest ()[:8]
          
          build = factory.BuildFactory()
          build.workdir = workdir
          
          build.addStep (Git (mode = "update"))
          ...
          builders.append ({'name': 'mybuilder',
                            'slavename': 'myslave',
                            'builddir': 'mybuilder',
                            'factory': build})
          
          # You'll end up with workdirs like:
          #
          # Repo1 => <buildslave-base>/mybuilder/a78890ba
          # Repo2	=> <buildslave-base>/mybuilder/0823ba88
          # ...

You could make the workdir() function compute other paths, based on parts of the repo URL in the sourcestamp, or lookup in a lookup table based on repo URL. As long as there is a permanent 1:1 mapping between repos and workdir this will work.

Implementation Note

The default BuildFactory, provided in the buildbot.process.factory module, contains an internal list of “BuildStep specifications”: a list of (step_class, kwargs) tuples for each. These specification tuples are constructed when the config file is read, by asking the instances passed to addStep for their subclass and arguments.

To support config files from buildbot-0.7.5 and earlier, addStep also accepts the f.addStep(shell.Compile, command=["make","build"]) form, although its use is discouraged because then the Compile step doesn't get to validate or complain about its arguments until build time. The modern pass-by-instance approach allows this validation to occur while the config file is being loaded, where the admin has a better chance of noticing problems.

When asked to create a Build, the BuildFactory puts a copy of the list of step specifications into the new Build object. When the Build is actually started, these step specifications are used to create the actual set of BuildSteps, which are then executed one at a time. This serves to give each Build an independent copy of each step.

Each step can affect the build process in the following ways:

In addition, each Step produces its own results, may create logfiles, etc. However only the flags described above have any effect on the build as a whole.

The pre-defined BuildSteps like CVS and Compile have reasonably appropriate flags set on them already. For example, without a source tree there is no point in continuing the build, so the CVS class has the haltOnFailure flag set to True. Look in buildbot/steps/*.py to see how the other Steps are marked.

Each Step is created with an additional workdir argument that indicates where its actions should take place. This is specified as a subdirectory of the slave builder's base directory, with a default value of build. This is only implemented as a step argument (as opposed to simply being a part of the base directory) because the CVS/SVN steps need to perform their checkouts from the parent directory.


Next: , Previous: BuildFactory, Up: Build Factories

4.11.2 GNUAutoconf

GNU Autoconf is a software portability tool, intended to make it possible to write programs in C (and other languages) which will run on a variety of UNIX-like systems. Most GNU software is built using autoconf. It is frequently used in combination with GNU automake. These tools both encourage a build process which usually looks like this:

     % CONFIG_ENV=foo ./configure --with-flags
     % make all
     % make check
     # make install

(except of course the Buildbot always skips the make install part).

The Buildbot's buildbot.process.factory.GNUAutoconf factory is designed to build projects which use GNU autoconf and/or automake. The configuration environment variables, the configure flags, and command lines used for the compile and test are all configurable, in general the default values will be suitable.

Example:

     f = factory.GNUAutoconf(source=source.SVN(svnurl=URL, mode="copy"),
                             flags=["--disable-nls"])

Required Arguments:

source
This argument must be a step specification tuple that provides a BuildStep to generate the source tree.

Optional Arguments:

configure
The command used to configure the tree. Defaults to ./configure. Accepts either a string or a list of shell argv elements.
configureEnv
The environment used for the initial configuration step. This accepts a dictionary which will be merged into the buildslave's normal environment. This is commonly used to provide things like CFLAGS="-O2 -g" (to turn off debug symbols during the compile). Defaults to an empty dictionary.
configureFlags
A list of flags to be appended to the argument list of the configure command. This is commonly used to enable or disable specific features of the autoconf-controlled package, like ["--without-x"] to disable windowing support. Defaults to an empty list.
compile
this is a shell command or list of argv values which is used to actually compile the tree. It defaults to make all. If set to None, the compile step is skipped.
test
this is a shell command or list of argv values which is used to run the tree's self-tests. It defaults to make check. If set to None, the test step is skipped.


Next: , Previous: GNUAutoconf, Up: Build Factories

4.11.3 BasicBuildFactory

This is a subclass of GNUAutoconf which assumes the source is in CVS, and uses mode='clobber' to always build from a clean working copy.


Next: , Previous: BasicBuildFactory, Up: Build Factories

4.11.4 BasicSVN

This class is similar to BasicBuildFactory, but uses SVN instead of CVS.


Next: , Previous: BasicSVN, Up: Build Factories

4.11.5 QuickBuildFactory

The QuickBuildFactory class is a subclass of GNUAutoconf which assumes the source is in CVS, and uses mode='update' to get incremental updates.

The difference between a “full build” and a “quick build” is that quick builds are generally done incrementally, starting with the tree where the previous build was performed. That simply means that the source-checkout step should be given a mode='update' flag, to do the source update in-place.

In addition to that, this class sets the useProgress flag to False. Incremental builds will (or at least the ought to) compile as few files as necessary, so they will take an unpredictable amount of time to run. Therefore it would be misleading to claim to predict how long the build will take.

This class is probably not of use to new projects.


Next: , Previous: QuickBuildFactory, Up: Build Factories

4.11.6 CPAN

Most Perl modules available from the CPAN archive use the MakeMaker module to provide configuration, build, and test services. The standard build routine for these modules looks like:

     % perl Makefile.PL
     % make
     % make test
     # make install

(except again Buildbot skips the install step)

Buildbot provides a CPAN factory to compile and test these projects.

Arguments:

source
(required): A step specification tuple, like that used by GNUAutoconf.
perl
A string which specifies the perl executable to use. Defaults to just perl.


Next: , Previous: CPAN, Up: Build Factories

4.11.7 Distutils

Most Python modules use the distutils package to provide configuration and build services. The standard build process looks like:

     % python ./setup.py build
     % python ./setup.py install

Unfortunately, although Python provides a standard unit-test framework named unittest, to the best of my knowledge distutils does not provide a standardized target to run such unit tests. (Please let me know if I'm wrong, and I will update this factory.)

The Distutils factory provides support for running the build part of this process. It accepts the same source= parameter as the other build factories.

Arguments:

source
(required): A step specification tuple, like that used by GNUAutoconf.
python
A string which specifies the python executable to use. Defaults to just python.
test
Provides a shell command which runs unit tests. This accepts either a string or a list. The default value is None, which disables the test step (since there is no common default command to run unit tests in distutils modules).


Next: , Previous: Distutils, Up: Build Factories

4.11.8 Trial

Twisted provides a unit test tool named trial which provides a few improvements over Python's built-in unittest module. Many python projects which use Twisted for their networking or application services also use trial for their unit tests. These modules are usually built and tested with something like the following:

     % python ./setup.py build
     % PYTHONPATH=build/lib.linux-i686-2.3 trial -v PROJECTNAME.test
     % python ./setup.py install

Unfortunately, the build/lib directory into which the built/copied .py files are placed is actually architecture-dependent, and I do not yet know of a simple way to calculate its value. For many projects it is sufficient to import their libraries “in place” from the tree's base directory (PYTHONPATH=.).

In addition, the PROJECTNAME value where the test files are located is project-dependent: it is usually just the project's top-level library directory, as common practice suggests the unit test files are put in the test sub-module. This value cannot be guessed, the Trial class must be told where to find the test files.

The Trial class provides support for building and testing projects which use distutils and trial. If the test module name is specified, trial will be invoked. The library path used for testing can also be set.

One advantage of trial is that the Buildbot happens to know how to parse trial output, letting it identify which tests passed and which ones failed. The Buildbot can then provide fine-grained reports about how many tests have failed, when individual tests fail when they had been passing previously, etc.

Another feature of trial is that you can give it a series of source .py files, and it will search them for special test-case-name tags that indicate which test cases provide coverage for that file. Trial can then run just the appropriate tests. This is useful for quick builds, where you want to only run the test cases that cover the changed functionality.

Arguments:

testpath
Provides a directory to add to PYTHONPATH when running the unit tests, if tests are being run. Defaults to . to include the project files in-place. The generated build library is frequently architecture-dependent, but may simply be build/lib for pure-python modules.
python
which python executable to use. This list will form the start of the argv array that will launch trial. If you use this, you should set trial to an explicit path (like /usr/bin/trial or ./bin/trial). The parameter defaults to None, which leaves it out entirely (running trial args instead of python ./bin/trial args). Likely values are ['python'], ['python2.2'], or ['python', '-Wall'].
trial
provides the name of the trial command. It is occasionally useful to use an alternate executable, such as trial2.2 which might run the tests under an older version of Python. Defaults to trial.
trialMode
a list of arguments to pass to trial, specifically to set the reporting mode. This defaults to ['--reporter=bwverbose'], which only works for Twisted-2.1.0 and later.
trialArgs
a list of arguments to pass to trial, available to turn on any extra flags you like. Defaults to [].
tests
Provides a module name or names which contain the unit tests for this project. Accepts a string, typically PROJECTNAME.test, or a list of strings. Defaults to None, indicating that no tests should be run. You must either set this or testChanges.
testChanges
if True, ignore the tests parameter and instead ask the Build for all the files that make up the Changes going into this build. Pass these filenames to trial and ask it to look for test-case-name tags, running just the tests necessary to cover the changes.
recurse
If True, tells Trial (with the --recurse argument) to look in all subdirectories for additional test cases.
reactor
which reactor to use, like 'gtk' or 'java'. If not provided, the Twisted's usual platform-dependent default is used.
randomly
If True, tells Trial (with the --random=0 argument) to run the test cases in random order, which sometimes catches subtle inter-test dependency bugs. Defaults to False.

The step can also take any of the ShellCommand arguments, e.g., haltOnFailure.

Unless one of tests or testChanges are set, the step will generate an exception.


Previous: Trial (Factory), Up: Build Factories

4.11.9 Build Factory Index


Next: , Previous: Build Factories, Up: Configuration

4.12 Build Steps

BuildSteps are usually specified in the buildmaster's configuration file, in a list that goes into the BuildFactory. The BuildStep instances in this list are used as templates to construct new independent copies for each build (so that state can be kept on the BuildStep in one build without affecting a later build). Each BuildFactory can be created with a list of steps, or the factory can be created empty and then steps added to it using the addStep method:

     from buildbot.steps import source, shell
     from buildbot.process import factory
     
     f = factory.BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(source.SVN(svnurl="http://svn.example.org/Trunk/"))
     f.addStep(shell.ShellCommand(command=["make", "all"]))
     f.addStep(shell.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"]))

The rest of this section lists all the standard BuildStep objects available for use in a Build, and the parameters which can be used to control each.


Next: , Up: Build Steps

4.12.1 Common Parameters

All BuildSteps accept some common parameters. Some of these control how their individual status affects the overall build. Others are used to specify which Locks (see see Interlocks) should be acquired before allowing the step to run.

Arguments common to all BuildStep subclasses:

name
the name used to describe the step on the status display. It is also used to give a name to any LogFiles created by this step.
haltOnFailure
if True, a FAILURE of this build step will cause the build to halt immediately. Steps with alwaysRun=True are still run. Generally speaking, haltOnFailure implies flunkOnFailure (the default for most BuildSteps). In some cases, particularly series of tests, it makes sense to haltOnFailure if something fails early on but not flunkOnFailure. This can be achieved with haltOnFailure=True, flunkOnFailure=False.
flunkOnWarnings
when True, a WARNINGS or FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as FAILURE. The remaining steps will still be executed.
flunkOnFailure
when True, a FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as a FAILURE. The remaining steps will still be executed.
warnOnWarnings
when True, a WARNINGS of this build step will mark the overall build as having WARNINGS. The remaining steps will still be executed.
warnOnFailure
when True, a FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as having WARNINGS. The remaining steps will still be executed.
alwaysRun
if True, this build step will always be run, even if a previous buildstep with haltOnFailure=True has failed.
doStepIf
A step can be configured to only run under certain conditions. To do this, set the step's doStepIf to a boolean value, or to a function that returns a boolean value or Deferred. If the value or function result is false, then the step will return SKIPPED without doing anything. Oherwise, the step will be executed normally. If you set doStepIf to a function, that function should accept one parameter, which will be the Step object itself.
locks
a list of Locks (instances of buildbot.locks.SlaveLock or buildbot.locks.MasterLock) that should be acquired before starting this Step. The Locks will be released when the step is complete. Note that this is a list of actual Lock instances, not names. Also note that all Locks must have unique names. See Interlocks.


Next: , Previous: Common Parameters, Up: Build Steps

4.12.2 Using Build Properties

Build properties are a generalized way to provide configuration information to build steps; see Build Properties.

Some build properties are inherited from external sources – global properties, schedulers, or buildslaves. Some build properties are set when the build starts, such as the SourceStamp information. Other properties can be set by BuildSteps as they run, for example the various Source steps will set the got_revision property to the source revision that was actually checked out (which can be useful when the SourceStamp in use merely requested the “latest revision”: got_revision will tell you what was actually built).

In custom BuildSteps, you can get and set the build properties with the getProperty/setProperty methods. Each takes a string for the name of the property, and returns or accepts an arbitrary5 object. For example:

     class MakeTarball(ShellCommand):
         def start(self):
             if self.getProperty("os") == "win":
                 self.setCommand([ ... ]) # windows-only command
             else:
                 self.setCommand([ ... ]) # equivalent for other systems
             ShellCommand.start(self)


Next: , Up: Using Build Properties
4.12.2.1 Property

You can use build properties in most step paramaters. Please file bugs for any parameters which do not accept properties. The simplest form is to wrap the property name with Property, passing an optional default argument.

     from buildbot.steps.trigger import Trigger
     form buildbot.process.properties import Property
     
     f.addStep(Trigger(waitForFinish=False, schedulerNames=['build-dependents'], alwaysUseLatest=True,
     			set_properties={'coq_revision': Property("got_revision")}))

You can specify a default value by passing a default argument to Property. This is normally used when the property doesn't exist, or when the value is something Python regards as "false". The defaultWhenFalse argument can be used to force buildbot to use the default argument only if the parameter is not set.


Next: , Previous: Property, Up: Using Build Properties
4.12.2.2 WithProperties

You can use build properties in ShellCommands by using the WithProperties wrapper when setting the arguments of the ShellCommand. This interpolates the named build properties into the generated shell command. Most step parameters accept WithProperties.

You can use python dictionary-style string interpolation by using the %(propname)s syntax. In this form, the property name goes in the parentheses:

     f.addStep(ShellCommand(
               command=["tar", "czf",
                        WithProperties("build-%(revision)s.tar.gz"),
                        "source"]))

If this BuildStep were used in a tree obtained from Subversion, it would create a tarball with a name like build-1234.tar.gz.

Don't forget the extra “s” after the closing parenthesis! This is the cause of many confusing errors.

The dictionary-style interpolation supports a number of more advanced syntaxes, too.

propname:-replacement
If propname exists, substitute its value; otherwise, substitute replacement. replacement may be empty (%(propname:-)s)
propname:~replacement
Like propname:-replacement, but only substitutes the value of property propname if it is something Python regards as "true". Python considers None, 0, empty lists, and the empty string to be false, so such values will be replaced by replacement.
propname:+replacement
If propname exists, substitute replacement; otherwise, substitute an empty string.

Although these are similar to shell substitutions, no other substitutions are currently supported, and replacement in the above cannot contain more substitutions.

If you need to do more complex substitution, you can pass keyword arguments to WithProperties. The value of each keyword argument should be a function that takes one argument (the existing properties) and returns a string value that will be used to replace that key:

     WithProperties('%(now)s', now=lambda _: time.clock())
     def determine_foo(props):
         if props.hasProperty('bar'):
             return props['bar']
         elif props.hasProperty('baz'):
             return props['baz']
         return 'qux'
     
     WithProperties('%(foo)s', foo=determine_foo)

The WithProperties function also does printf-style string interpolation, using strings obtained by calling build.getProperty(propname). Note that for every %s (or %d, etc), you must have exactly one additional argument to indicate which build property you want to insert.

     from buildbot.steps.shell import ShellCommand
     from buildbot.process.properties import WithProperties
     
     f.addStep(ShellCommand(
               command=["tar", "czf",
                        WithProperties("build-%s.tar.gz", "revision"),
                        "source"]))

Note: like python, you can either do positional-argument interpolation or keyword-argument interpolation, not both. Thus you cannot use a string like WithProperties("foo-%(revision)s-%s", "branch").


Previous: WithProperties, Up: Using Build Properties
4.12.2.3 Common Build Properties

The following build properties are set when the build is started, and are available to all steps.

branch
This comes from the build's SourceStamp, and describes which branch is being checked out. This will be None (which interpolates into WithProperties as an empty string) if the build is on the default branch, which is generally the trunk. Otherwise it will be a string like “branches/beta1.4”. The exact syntax depends upon the VC system being used.
revision
This also comes from the SourceStamp, and is the revision of the source code tree that was requested from the VC system. When a build is requested of a specific revision (as is generally the case when the build is triggered by Changes), this will contain the revision specification. This is always a string, although the syntax depends upon the VC system in use: for SVN it is an integer, for Mercurial it is a short string, for Darcs it is a rather large string, etc.

If the “force build” button was pressed, the revision will be None, which means to use the most recent revision available. This is a “trunk build”. This will be interpolated as an empty string.

got_revision
This is set when a Source step checks out the source tree, and provides the revision that was actually obtained from the VC system. In general this should be the same as revision, except for trunk builds, where got_revision indicates what revision was current when the checkout was performed. This can be used to rebuild the same source code later.

Note that for some VC systems (Darcs in particular), the revision is a large string containing newlines, and is not suitable for interpolation into a filename.

buildername
This is a string that indicates which Builder the build was a part of. The combination of buildername and buildnumber uniquely identify a build.
buildnumber
Each build gets a number, scoped to the Builder (so the first build performed on any given Builder will have a build number of 0). This integer property contains the build's number.
slavename
This is a string which identifies which buildslave the build is running on.
scheduler
If the build was started from a scheduler, then this property will contain the name of that scheduler.
repository
The repository of the sourcestamp for this build
project
The project of the sourcestamp for this build
workdir
The absolute path of the base working directory on the slave, of the current builder.


Next: , Previous: Using Build Properties, Up: Build Steps

4.12.3 Source Checkout

The first step of any build is typically to acquire the source code from which the build will be performed. There are several classes to handle this, one for each of the different source control system that Buildbot knows about. For a description of how Buildbot treats source control in general, see Version Control Systems.

All source checkout steps accept some common parameters to control how they get the sources and where they should be placed. The remaining per-VC-system parameters are mostly to specify where exactly the sources are coming from.

mode
a string describing the kind of VC operation that is desired. Defaults to update.
update
specifies that the CVS checkout/update should be performed directly into the workdir. Each build is performed in the same directory, allowing for incremental builds. This minimizes disk space, bandwidth, and CPU time. However, it may encounter problems if the build process does not handle dependencies properly (sometimes you must do a “clean build” to make sure everything gets compiled), or if source files are deleted but generated files can influence test behavior (e.g. python's .pyc files), or when source directories are deleted but generated files prevent CVS from removing them. Builds ought to be correct regardless of whether they are done “from scratch” or incrementally, but it is useful to test both kinds: this mode exercises the incremental-build style.
copy
specifies that the CVS workspace should be maintained in a separate directory (called the 'copydir'), using checkout or update as necessary. For each build, a new workdir is created with a copy of the source tree (rm -rf workdir; cp -r copydir workdir). This doubles the disk space required, but keeps the bandwidth low (update instead of a full checkout). A full 'clean' build is performed each time. This avoids any generated-file build problems, but is still occasionally vulnerable to CVS problems such as a repository being manually rearranged, causing CVS errors on update which are not an issue with a full checkout.
clobber
specifies that the working directory should be deleted each time, necessitating a full checkout for each build. This insures a clean build off a complete checkout, avoiding any of the problems described above. This mode exercises the “from-scratch” build style.
export
this is like clobber, except that the 'cvs export' command is used to create the working directory. This command removes all CVS metadata files (the CVS/ directories) from the tree, which is sometimes useful for creating source tarballs (to avoid including the metadata in the tar file).

workdir
like all Steps, this indicates the directory where the build will take place. Source Steps are special in that they perform some operations outside of the workdir (like creating the workdir itself).
alwaysUseLatest
if True, bypass the usual “update to the last Change” behavior, and always update to the latest changes instead.
retry
If set, this specifies a tuple of (delay, repeats) which means that when a full VC checkout fails, it should be retried up to repeats times, waiting delay seconds between attempts. If you don't provide this, it defaults to None, which means VC operations should not be retried. This is provided to make life easier for buildslaves which are stuck behind poor network connections.
repository
The name of this parameter might vary depending on the Source step you are running. The concept explained here is common to all steps and applies to repourl as well as for baseURL (when applicable). Buildbot, now being aware of the repository name via the ChangeSource step might in some cases not need the repository URL. There are multiple way to pass it through to this step, corresponding to the type of the parameter given to this step:
None
In the case where no parameter is specified, the repository URL will be taken directly from the Change property. This value should be used if your ChangeSource step has all the information about how to reach the Change.
string
The parameter might be a string. In this case, this string will be used as the full repository URL. The value coming from the ChangeSource step will be ignored.
format string
If the parameter is a string containing %s, then the repository property from the Change will be substituted in place of the %s. This is usefull when the ChangeSource step knows where the repository resides locally, but doesn't know the scheme used to access it. For instance, ssh://server/%s makes sense if the repository property is the local path of the repository.
dict
In this case, the repository URL will be the value indexed by the repository property in the dict given as parameter.
callable
The callable given as parameter will take the repository property from the Change and its return value will be used as repository URL.

timeout
Specifies the timeout for slave-side operations, in seconds. If your repositories are particularly large, then you may need to increase this value from its default of 1200 (20 minutes).

Use of WithProperties with string, dict and callable is supported.

Note that this is quite similar to the mechanism used by the WebStatus for the changecommentlink, projects or repositories parameter.

My habit as a developer is to do a cvs update and make each morning. Problems can occur, either because of bad code being checked in, or by incomplete dependencies causing a partial rebuild to fail where a complete from-scratch build might succeed. A quick Builder which emulates this incremental-build behavior would use the mode='update' setting.

On the other hand, other kinds of dependency problems can cause a clean build to fail where a partial build might succeed. This frequently results from a link step that depends upon an object file that was removed from a later version of the tree: in the partial tree, the object file is still around (even though the Makefiles no longer know how to create it).

“official” builds (traceable builds performed from a known set of source revisions) are always done as clean builds, to make sure it is not influenced by any uncontrolled factors (like leftover files from a previous build). A “full” Builder which behaves this way would want to use the mode='clobber' setting.

Each VC system has a corresponding source checkout class: their arguments are described on the following pages.


Next: , Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.1 CVS

The CVS build step performs a CVS checkout or update. It takes the following arguments:

cvsroot
(required): specify the CVSROOT value, which points to a CVS repository, probably on a remote machine. For example, the cvsroot value you would use to get a copy of the Buildbot source code is :pserver:anonymous@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/buildbot
cvsmodule
(required): specify the cvs module, which is generally a subdirectory of the CVSROOT. The cvsmodule for the Buildbot source code is buildbot.
branch
a string which will be used in a -r argument. This is most useful for specifying a branch to work on. Defaults to HEAD.
global_options
a list of flags to be put before the verb in the CVS command.
checkout_options
export_options
extra_options
a list of flags to be put after the verb in the CVS command. checkout_options is only used for checkout operations, export_options is only used for export operations, and extra_options is used for both.
checkoutDelay
if set, the number of seconds to put between the timestamp of the last known Change and the value used for the -D option. Defaults to half of the parent Build's treeStableTimer.


Next: , Previous: CVS, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.2 SVN

The SVN build step performs a Subversion checkout or update. There are two basic ways of setting up the checkout step, depending upon whether you are using multiple branches or not.

The most versatile way to create the SVN step is with the svnurl argument:

svnurl
(required): this specifies the URL argument that will be given to the svn checkout command. It dictates both where the repository is located and which sub-tree should be extracted. In this respect, it is like a combination of the CVS cvsroot and cvsmodule arguments. For example, if you are using a remote Subversion repository which is accessible through HTTP at a URL of http://svn.example.com/repos, and you wanted to check out the trunk/calc sub-tree, you would use svnurl="http://svn.example.com/repos/trunk/calc" as an argument to your SVN step.

The svnurl argument can be considered as a universal means to create the SVN step as it ignores the branch information in the SourceStamp.

Alternatively, if you are building from multiple branches, then you should preferentially create the SVN step with the baseURL and defaultBranch arguments instead:

baseURL
(required): this specifies the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. Alternatively, baseURL can contain a %%BRANCH%% placeholder, which will be replaced with the branch name. baseURL should probably end in a slash.
defaultBranch
(optional): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This is a string that will be appended to baseURL to create the URL that will be passed to the svn checkout command. If you use baseURL without specifying defaultBranch every ChangeStamp must come with a valid (not None) branch.

It is possible to mix to have a mix of SVN steps that use either the svnurl or baseURL arguments but not both at the same time.

username
(optional): if specified, this will be passed to the svn binary with a --username option.
password
(optional): if specified, this will be passed to the svn binary with a --password option. The password itself will be suitably obfuscated in the logs.
extra_args
(optional): if specified, an array of strings that will be passed as extra arguments to the svn binary.
keep_on_purge
(optional): specific files or directories to keep between purges, like some build outputs that can be reused between builds.
ignore_ignores
(optional): when purging changes, don't use rules defined in svn:ignore properties and global-ignores in subversion/config.
always_purge
(optional): if set to True, always purge local changes before updating. This deletes unversioned files and reverts everything that would appear in a svn status.
depth
(optional): Specify depth argument to achieve sparse checkout. Only available if slave has Subversion 1.5 or higher.

If set to "empty" updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. If set to "files", updates will pull in any files not already present, but not directories. If set to "immediates", updates willl pull in any files or subdirectories not already present, the new subdirectories will have depth: empty. If set to "infinity", updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; the new subdirectories will have depth-infinity. Infinity is equivalent to SVN default update behavior, without specifying any depth argument.

If you are using branches, you must also make sure your ChangeSource will report the correct branch names.

branch example

Let's suppose that the “MyProject” repository uses branches for the trunk, for various users' individual development efforts, and for several new features that will require some amount of work (involving multiple developers) before they are ready to merge onto the trunk. Such a repository might be organized as follows:

     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/trunk
     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/branches/User1/foo
     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/branches/User1/bar
     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/branches/User2/baz
     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/features/newthing
     svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/features/otherthing

Further assume that we want the Buildbot to run tests against the trunk and against all the feature branches (i.e., do a checkout/compile/build of branch X when a file has been changed on branch X, when X is in the set [trunk, features/newthing, features/otherthing]). We do not want the Buildbot to automatically build any of the user branches, but it should be willing to build a user branch when explicitly requested (most likely by the user who owns that branch).

There are three things that need to be set up to accommodate this system. The first is a ChangeSource that is capable of identifying the branch which owns any given file. This depends upon a user-supplied function, in an external program that runs in the SVN commit hook and connects to the buildmaster's PBChangeSource over a TCP connection. (you can use the “buildbot sendchange” utility for this purpose, but you will still need an external program to decide what value should be passed to the --branch= argument). For example, a change to a file with the SVN URL of “svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/features/newthing/src/foo.c” should be broken down into a Change instance with branch='features/newthing' and file='src/foo.c'.

The second piece is an AnyBranchScheduler which will pay attention to the desired branches. It will not pay attention to the user branches, so it will not automatically start builds in response to changes there. The AnyBranchScheduler class requires you to explicitly list all the branches you want it to use, but it would not be difficult to write a subclass which used branch.startswith('features/' to remove the need for this explicit list. Or, if you want to build user branches too, you can use AnyBranchScheduler with branches=None to indicate that you want it to pay attention to all branches.

The third piece is an SVN checkout step that is configured to handle the branches correctly, with a baseURL value that matches the way the ChangeSource splits each file's URL into base, branch, and file.

     from buildbot.changes.pb import PBChangeSource
     from buildbot.scheduler import AnyBranchScheduler
     from buildbot.process import source, factory
     from buildbot.steps import source, shell
     
     c['change_source'] = PBChangeSource()
     s1 = AnyBranchScheduler('main',
                             ['trunk', 'features/newthing', 'features/otherthing'],
                             10*60, ['test-i386', 'test-ppc'])
     c['schedulers'] = [s1]
     
     f = factory.BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(source.SVN(mode='update',
                          baseURL='svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/',
                          defaultBranch='trunk'))
     f.addStep(shell.Compile(command="make all"))
     f.addStep(shell.Test(command="make test"))
     
     c['builders'] = [
       {'name':'test-i386', 'slavename':'bot-i386', 'builddir':'test-i386',
                            'factory':f },
       {'name':'test-ppc', 'slavename':'bot-ppc', 'builddir':'test-ppc',
                           'factory':f },
      ]

In this example, when a change arrives with a branch attribute of “trunk”, the resulting build will have a SVN step that concatenates “svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/” (the baseURL) with “trunk” (the branch name) to get the correct svn command. If the “newthing” branch has a change to “src/foo.c”, then the SVN step will concatenate “svn://svn.example.org/MyProject/” with “features/newthing” to get the svnurl for checkout.

For added flexibility, baseURL may contain a %%BRANCH%% placeholder, which will be replaced either by the branch in the SourceStamp or the default specified in defaultBranch.

     source.SVN( mode='update',
                 baseURL='svn://svn.example.org/svn/%%BRANCH%%/myproject',
                 defaultBranch='trunk' )


Next: , Previous: SVN, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.3 Darcs

The Darcs build step performs a Darcs checkout or update.

Like See SVN, this step can either be configured to always check out a specific tree, or set up to pull from a particular branch that gets specified separately for each build. Also like SVN, the repository URL given to Darcs is created by concatenating a baseURL with the branch name, and if no particular branch is requested, it uses a defaultBranch. The only difference in usage is that each potential Darcs repository URL must point to a fully-fledged repository, whereas SVN URLs usually point to sub-trees of the main Subversion repository. In other words, doing an SVN checkout of baseURL is legal, but silly, since you'd probably wind up with a copy of every single branch in the whole repository. Doing a Darcs checkout of baseURL is just plain wrong, since the parent directory of a collection of Darcs repositories is not itself a valid repository.

The Darcs step takes the following arguments:

repourl
(required unless baseURL is provided): the URL at which the Darcs source repository is available.
baseURL
(required unless repourl is provided): the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. It should probably end in a slash.
defaultBranch
(allowed if and only if baseURL is provided): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This will be appended to baseURL to create the string that will be passed to the darcs get command.


Next: , Previous: Darcs, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.4 Mercurial

The Mercurial build step performs a Mercurial (aka “hg”) checkout or update.

Branches are available in two modes: ”dirname” like See Darcs, or ”inrepo”, which uses the repository internal branches. Make sure this setting matches your changehook, if you have that installed.

The Mercurial step takes the following arguments:

repourl
(required unless baseURL is provided): the URL at which the Mercurial source repository is available.
baseURL
(required unless repourl is provided): the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. It should probably end in a slash.
defaultBranch
(allowed if and only if baseURL is provided): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This will be appended to baseURL to create the string that will be passed to the hg clone command.
branchType
either 'dirname' (default) or 'inrepo' depending on whether the branch name should be appended to the baseURL or the branch is a mercurial named branch and can be found within the repourl.
clobberOnBranchChange
boolean, defaults to True. If set and using inrepos branches, clobber the tree at each branch change. Otherwise, just update to the branch.


Next: , Previous: Mercurial, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.5 Bzr

bzr is a descendant of Arch/Baz, and is frequently referred to as simply “Bazaar”. The repository-vs-workspace model is similar to Darcs, but it uses a strictly linear sequence of revisions (one history per branch) like Arch. Branches are put in subdirectories. This makes it look very much like Mercurial. It takes the following arguments:

repourl
(required unless baseURL is provided): the URL at which the Bzr source repository is available.
baseURL
(required unless repourl is provided): the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. It should probably end in a slash.
defaultBranch
(allowed if and only if baseURL is provided): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This will be appended to baseURL to create the string that will be passed to the bzr checkout command.
forceSharedRepo
(boolean, optional, defaults to False): If set to True, the working directory will be made into a bzr shared repository if it is not already. Shared repository greatly reduces the amount of history data that needs to be downloaded if not using update/copy mode, or if using update/copy mode with multiple branches.


Next: , Previous: Bzr, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.6 P4

The P4 build step creates a Perforce client specification and performs an update.

p4base
A view into the Perforce depot without branch name or trailing "...". Typically "//depot/proj/".
defaultBranch
A branch name to append on build requests if none is specified. Typically "trunk".
p4port
(optional): the host:port string describing how to get to the P4 Depot (repository), used as the -p argument for all p4 commands.
p4user
(optional): the Perforce user, used as the -u argument to all p4 commands.
p4passwd
(optional): the Perforce password, used as the -p argument to all p4 commands.
p4extra_views
(optional): a list of (depotpath, clientpath) tuples containing extra views to be mapped into the client specification. Both will have "/..." appended automatically. The client name and source directory will be prepended to the client path.
p4client
(optional): The name of the client to use. In mode='copy' and mode='update', it's particularly important that a unique name is used for each checkout directory to avoid incorrect synchronization. For this reason, Python percent substitution will be performed on this value to replace %(slave)s with the slave name and %(builder)s with the builder name. The default is "buildbot_%(slave)s_%(build)s".
p4line_end
(optional): The type of line ending handling P4 should use. This is added directly to the cliet spec's LineEnd property. The default is "local".


Next: , Previous: P4, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.7 Git

The Git build step clones or updates a Git repository and checks out the specified branch or revision. Note that the buildbot supports Git version 1.2.0 and later: earlier versions (such as the one shipped in Ubuntu 'Dapper') do not support the git init command that the buildbot uses.

The Git step takes the following arguments:

repourl
(required): the URL of the upstream Git repository.
branch
(optional): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. If this this parameter is not specified, and the Build does not provide a branch, the “master” branch will be used.
ignore_ignores
(optional): when purging changes, don't use .gitignore and .git/info/exclude.
submodules
(optional): when initializing/updating a Git repository, this decides whether or not buildbot should consider git submodules. Default: False.
reference
(optional): use the specified string as a path to a reference repository on the local machine. Git will try to grab objects from this path first instead of the main repository, if they exist.
shallow
(optional): instructs git to attempt shallow clones (--depth 1). If the user/scheduler asks for a specific revision, this parameter is ignored.
progress
(optional): passes the (--progress) flag to (git fetch). This solves issues of long fetches being killed due to lack of output, but requires Git 1.7.2 or later.

This Source step integrates with GerritChangeSource, and will automatically use Gerrit's "virtual branch" (refs/changes/*) to download the additionnal changes introduced by a pending changeset.

Gerrit integration can be also triggered using forced build with gerrit_change property with value in format: change_number/patchset_number.


Next: , Previous: Git, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.8 BitKeeper

The BK build step performs a BitKeeper checkout or update.

The BitKeeper step takes the following arguments:

repourl
(required unless baseURL is provided): the URL at which the BitKeeper source repository is available.
baseURL
(required unless repourl is provided): the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. It should probably end in a slash.


Next: , Previous: BitKeeper, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.9 Repo

The Repo build step performs a Repo init and sync.

The Repo step takes the following arguments:

manifest_url
(required): the URL at which the Repo's manifests source repository is available.
manifest_branch
(optional, defaults to master): the manifest repository branch on which repo will take its manifest. Corresponds to the -b argument to the repo init command.
manifest_file
(optional, defaults to default.xml): the manifest filename. Corresponds to the -m argument to the repo init command.
tarball
(optional, defaults to None): the repo tarball used for fast bootstrap. If not present the tarball will be created automatically after first sync. It is a copy of the .repo directory which contains all the git objects. This feature helps to minimize network usage on very big projects.

This Source step integrates with GerritChangeSource, and will automatically use the repo download command of repo to download the additionnal changes introduced by a pending changeset.

Gerrit integration can be also triggered using forced build with following properties: repo_d, repo_d[0-9], repo_download, repo_download[0-9] with values in format: project/change_number/patchset_number. All of these properties will be translated into a repo download. This feature allows integrators to build with several pending interdependent changes, which at the moment cannot be described properly in Gerrit, and can only be described by humans.


Previous: Repo, Up: Source Checkout
4.12.3.10 Monotone

The Monotone build step performs a Monotone (aka “mtn”) checkout or update.

The Monotone step takes the following arguments:

repourl
the URL at which the Monotone source repository is available.
branch
this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own.
progress
this is a boolean that has a pull from the repository use “–ticker=dot” instead of the default “–ticker=none”.


Next: , Previous: Source Checkout, Up: Build Steps

4.12.4 ShellCommand

Most interesting steps involve executing a process of some sort on the buildslave. The ShellCommand class handles this activity.

Several subclasses of ShellCommand are provided as starting points for common build steps.


Next: , Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.1 Using ShellCommands

This is a useful base class for just about everything you might want to do during a build (except for the initial source checkout). It runs a single command in a child shell on the buildslave. All stdout/stderr is recorded into a LogFile. The step finishes with a status of FAILURE if the command's exit code is non-zero, otherwise it has a status of SUCCESS.

The preferred way to specify the command is with a list of argv strings, since this allows for spaces in filenames and avoids doing any fragile shell-escaping. You can also specify the command with a single string, in which case the string is given to '/bin/sh -c COMMAND' for parsing.

On Windows, commands are run via cmd.exe /c which works well. However, if you're running a batch file, the error level does not get propagated correctly unless you add 'call' before your batch file's name: cmd=['call', 'myfile.bat', ...].

ShellCommand arguments:

command
a list of strings (preferred) or single string (discouraged) which specifies the command to be run. A list of strings is preferred because it can be used directly as an argv array. Using a single string (with embedded spaces) requires the buildslave to pass the string to /bin/sh for interpretation, which raises all sorts of difficult questions about how to escape or interpret shell metacharacters.
workdir
All ShellCommands are run by default in the “workdir”, which defaults to the “build” subdirectory of the slave builder's base directory. The absolute path of the workdir will thus be the slave's basedir (set as an option to buildbot create-slave, see Creating a buildslave) plus the builder's basedir (set in the builder's c['builddir'] key in master.cfg) plus the workdir itself (a class-level attribute of the BuildFactory, defaults to “build”).

For example:

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                                 workdir="build/tests"))

env
a dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command's environment. For example, to run tests with a different i18n language setting, you might use
          f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                                 env={'LANG': 'fr_FR'}))

These variable settings will override any existing ones in the buildslave's environment or the environment specified in the Builder. The exception is PYTHONPATH, which is merged with (actually prepended to) any existing $PYTHONPATH setting. The value is treated as a list of directories to prepend, and a single string is treated like a one-item list. For example, to prepend both /usr/local/lib/python2.3 and /home/buildbot/lib/python to any existing $PYTHONPATH setting, you would do something like the following:

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(
                        command=["make", "test"],
                        env={'PYTHONPATH': ["/usr/local/lib/python2.3",
                                             "/home/buildbot/lib/python"] }))

Those variables support expansion so that if you just want to prepend /home/buildbot/bin to the PATH environment variable, you can do it by putting the value ${PATH} at the end of the string like in the example below. Variables that doesn't exists on the slave will be replaced by "".

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(
                        command=["make", "test"],
                        env={'PATH': "/home/buildbot/bin:${PATH}"}))

want_stdout
if False, stdout from the child process is discarded rather than being sent to the buildmaster for inclusion in the step's LogFile.
want_stderr
like want_stdout but for stderr. Note that commands run through a PTY do not have separate stdout/stderr streams: both are merged into stdout.
usePTY
Should this command be run in a pseudo-terminal? The default is to observe the configuration of the client (see Buildslave Options), but specifying True or False here will override the default. This option is not available on Windows.

In general, you do not want to use a pseudo-terminal. This is only useful for running commands that require a terminal - for example, testing a command-line application that will only accept passwords read from a terminal. Using a pseudo-terminal brings lots of compatibility problems, and prevents Buildbot from distinguishing the standard error (red) and standard output (black) streams.

In previous versions, the advantage of using a pseudo-terminal was that “grandchild” processes were more likely to be cleaned up if the build was interrupted or times out. This occurred because using a pseudo-terminal incidentally puts the command into its own process group.

As of Buildbot-0.8.4, all commands are placed in process groups, and thus grandchild processes will be cleaned up properly.

logfiles
Sometimes commands will log interesting data to a local file, rather than emitting everything to stdout or stderr. For example, Twisted's “trial” command (which runs unit tests) only presents summary information to stdout, and puts the rest into a file named _trial_temp/test.log. It is often useful to watch these files as the command runs, rather than using /bin/cat to dump their contents afterwards.

The logfiles= argument allows you to collect data from these secondary logfiles in near-real-time, as the step is running. It accepts a dictionary which maps from a local log name (which is how the log data is presented in the build results) to either a remote filename (interpreted relative to the build's working directory), or a dictionary of options. Each named file will be polled on a regular basis (every couple of seconds) as the build runs, and any new text will be sent over to the buildmaster.

If you provide a dictionary of options instead of a string, you must specify the filename key. You can optionally provide a follow key which is a boolean controlling whether a logfile is followed or concatenated in its entirety. Following is appropriate for logfiles to which the build step will append, where the pre-existing contents are not interesting. The default value for follow is False, which gives the same behavior as just providing a string filename.

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(
                        command=["make", "test"],
                        logfiles={"triallog": "_trial_temp/test.log"}))

The above example will add a log named 'triallog' on the master, based on _trial_temp/test.log on the slave.

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(
                        command=["make", "test"],
                        logfiles={"triallog": {"filename": "_trial_temp/test.log",
          			       "follow": True,}}))

lazylogfiles
If set to True, logfiles will be tracked lazily, meaning that they will only be added when and if something is written to them. This can be used to suppress the display of empty or missing log files. The default is False.
timeout
if the command fails to produce any output for this many seconds, it is assumed to be locked up and will be killed. This defaults to 1200 seconds. Pass None to disable.
maxTime
if the command takes longer than this many seconds, it will be killed. This is disabled by default.
description
This will be used to describe the command (on the Waterfall display) while the command is still running. It should be a single imperfect-tense verb, like “compiling” or “testing”. The preferred form is a list of short strings, which allows the HTML displays to create narrower columns by emitting a <br> tag between each word. You may also provide a single string.
descriptionDone
This will be used to describe the command once it has finished. A simple noun like “compile” or “tests” should be used. Like description, this may either be a list of short strings or a single string.

If neither description nor descriptionDone are set, the actual command arguments will be used to construct the description. This may be a bit too wide to fit comfortably on the Waterfall display.

          f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                                 description=["testing"],
                                 descriptionDone=["tests"]))

logEnviron
If this option is true (the default), then the step's logfile will describe the environment variables on the slave. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set logEnviron=False.


Next: , Previous: Using ShellCommands, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.2 Configure

This is intended to handle the ./configure step from autoconf-style projects, or the perl Makefile.PL step from perl MakeMaker.pm-style modules. The default command is ./configure but you can change this by providing a command= parameter.


Next: , Previous: Configure, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.3 Compile

This is meant to handle compiling or building a project written in C. The default command is make all. When the compile is finished, the log file is scanned for GCC warning messages, a summary log is created with any problems that were seen, and the step is marked as WARNINGS if any were discovered. Through the WarningCountingShellCommand superclass, the number of warnings is stored in a Build Property named “warnings-count”, which is accumulated over all Compile steps (so if two warnings are found in one step, and three are found in another step, the overall build will have a “warnings-count” property of 5). Each step can be optionally given a maximum number of warnings via the maxWarnCount parameter. If this limit is exceeded, the step will be marked as a failure.

The default regular expression used to detect a warning is '.*warning[: ].*' , which is fairly liberal and may cause false-positives. To use a different regexp, provide a warningPattern= argument, or use a subclass which sets the warningPattern attribute:

     f.addStep(Compile(command=["make", "test"],
                       warningPattern="^Warning: "))

The warningPattern= can also be a pre-compiled python regexp object: this makes it possible to add flags like re.I (to use case-insensitive matching).

Note that the compiled warningPattern will have its match method called, which is subtly different from a search. Your regular expression must match the from the beginning of the line. This means that to look for the word "warning" in the middle of a line, you will need to prepend '.*' to your regular expression.

The suppressionFile= argument can be specified as the (relative) path of a file inside the workdir defining warnings to be suppressed from the warning counting and log file. The file will be uploaded to the master from the slave before compiling, and any warning matched by a line in the suppression file will be ignored. This is useful to accept certain warnings (eg. in some special module of the source tree or in cases where the compiler is being particularly stupid), yet still be able to easily detect and fix the introduction of new warnings.

The file must contain one line per pattern of warnings to ignore. Empty lines and lines beginning with # are ignored. Other lines must consist of a regexp matching the file name, followed by a colon (:), followed by a regexp matching the text of the warning. Optionally this may be followed by another colon and a line number range. For example:

     # Sample warning suppression file
     
     mi_packrec.c : .*result of 32-bit shift implicitly converted to 64 bits.* : 560-600
     DictTabInfo.cpp : .*invalid access to non-static.*
     kernel_types.h : .*only defines private constructors and has no friends.* : 51

If no line number range is specified, the pattern matches the whole file; if only one number is given it matches only on that line.

The default warningPattern regexp only matches the warning text, so line numbers and file names are ignored. To enable line number and file name matching, privide a different regexp and provide a function (callable) as the argument of warningExtractor=. The function is called with three arguments: the BuildStep object, the line in the log file with the warning, and the SRE_Match object of the regexp search for warningPattern. It should return a tuple (filename, linenumber, warning_test). For example:

     f.addStep(Compile(command=["make"],
                       warningPattern="^(.*?):([0-9]+): [Ww]arning: (.*)$",
                       warningExtractor=Compile.warnExtractFromRegexpGroups,
                       suppressionFile="support-files/compiler_warnings.supp"))

(Compile.warnExtractFromRegexpGroups is a pre-defined function that returns the filename, linenumber, and text from groups (1,2,3) of the regexp match).

In projects with source files in multiple directories, it is possible to get full path names for file names matched in the suppression file, as long as the build command outputs the names of directories as they are entered into and left again. For this, specify regexps for the arguments directoryEnterPattern= and directoryLeavePattern=. The directoryEnterPattern= regexp should return the name of the directory entered into in the first matched group. The defaults, which are suitable for GNU Make, are these:

     directoryEnterPattern = "make.*: Entering directory [\"`'](.*)['`\"]"
     directoryLeavePattern = "make.*: Leaving directory"

(TODO: this step needs to be extended to look for GCC error messages as well, and collect them into a separate logfile, along with the source code filenames involved).


Next: , Previous: Compile, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.4 Visual C++

This step is meant to handle compilation using Microsoft compilers. VC++ 6-9, VS2003, VS2005, VS2008, and VCExpress9 are supported. This step will take care of setting up a clean compilation environment, parse the generated output in real time and deliver as detailed as possible information about the compilation executed.

All of the classes are in buildbot.steps.vstudio. The available classes are:

VC6
VC7
VC8
VC9
VS2003
VC2005
VC2008
VCExpress9

The available constructor arguments are

mode
The mode default to "rebuild", which means that first all the remaining object files will be cleaned by the compiler. The alternate value is "build", where only the updated files will be recompiled.
projectfile
This is a mandatory argument which specifies the project file to be used during the compilation.
config
This argument defaults to "release" an gives to the compiler the configuration to use.
installdir
This is the place where the compiler is installed. The default value is compiler specific and is the default place where the compiler is installed.
useenv
This boolean parameter, defaulting to False instruct the compiler to use its own settings or the one defined through the environment variables %PATH%, %INCLUDE%, and %LIB%. If any of the INCLUDE or LIB parameter is defined, this parameter automatically switches to True.
PATH
This is a list of path to be added to the PATH environment variable. The default value is the one defined in the compiler options.
INCLUDE
This is a list of path where the compiler will first look for include files. Then comes the default paths defined in the compiler options.
LIB
This is a list of path where the compiler will first look for libraries. Then comes the default path defined in the compiler options.
arch
That one is only available with the class VS2005 (VC8). It gives the target architecture of the built artifact. It defaults to "x86''.
project
This gives the specific project to build from within a workspace. It defaults to building all projects. This is useful for building cmake generate projects.

Here is an example on how to use this step:

     from buildbot.steps.VisualStudio import VS2005
     
     f.addStep(VS2005(
             projectfile="project.sln", config="release",
             arch="x64", mode="build",
             INCLUDE=[r'D:\WINDDK\Include\wnet'],
             LIB=[r'D:\WINDDK\lib\wnet\amd64']))


Next: , Previous: Visual C++, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.5 Test

This is meant to handle unit tests. The default command is make test, and the warnOnFailure flag is set.


Next: , Previous: Test, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.6 TreeSize

This is a simple command that uses the 'du' tool to measure the size of the code tree. It puts the size (as a count of 1024-byte blocks, aka 'KiB' or 'kibibytes') on the step's status text, and sets a build property named 'tree-size-KiB' with the same value.


Next: , Previous: TreeSize, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.7 PerlModuleTest

This is a simple command that knows how to run tests of perl modules. It parses the output to determine the number of tests passed and failed and total number executed, saving the results for later query.


Next: , Previous: PerlModuleTest, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.8 Testing with mysql-test-run

The process.mtrlogobserver.MTR class is a subclass of Test (Test). It is used to run test suites using the mysql-test-run program, as used in MySQL, Drizzle, MariaDB, and MySQL storage engine plugins.

The shell command to run the test suite is specified in the same way as for the Test class. The MTR class will parse the output of running the test suite, and use the count of tests executed so far to provide more accurate completion time estimates. Any test failures that occur during the test are summarized on the Waterfall Display.

Server error logs are added as additional log files, useful to debug test failures.

Optionally, data about the test run and any test failures can be inserted into a database for further analysis and report generation. To use this facility, create an instance of twisted.enterprise.adbapi.ConnectionPool with connections to the database. The necessary tables can be created automatically by setting autoCreateTables to True, or manually using the SQL found in the mtrlogobserver.py source file.

One problem with specifying a database is that each reload of the configuration will get a new instance of ConnectionPool (even if the connection parameters are the same). To avoid that Buildbot thinks the builder configuration has changed because of this, use the process.mtrlogobserver.EqConnectionPool subclass of ConnectionPool, which implements an equiality operation that avoids this problem.

Example use:

     from buildbot.process.mtrlogobserver import MTR, EqConnectionPool
     myPool = EqConnectionPool("MySQLdb", "host", "buildbot", "password", "db")
     myFactory.addStep(MTR(workdir="mysql-test", dbpool=myPool,
                           command=["perl", "mysql-test-run.pl", "--force"]))

MTR arguments:

textLimit
Maximum number of test failures to show on the waterfall page (to not flood the page in case of a large number of test failures). Defaults to 5.
testNameLimit
Maximum length of test names to show unabbreviated in the waterfall page, to avoid excessive column width. Defaults to 16.
parallel
Value of --parallel option used for mysql-test-run.pl (number of processes used to run the test suite in parallel). Defaults to 4. This is used to determine the number of server error log files to download from the slave. Specifying a too high value does not hurt (as nonexisting error logs will be ignored), however if using --parallel value greater than the default it needs to be specified, or some server error logs will be missing.
dbpool
An instance of twisted.enterprise.adbapi.ConnectionPool, or None. Defaults to None. If specified, results are inserted into the database using the ConnectionPool.
autoCreateTables
Boolean, defaults to False. If True (and dbpool is specified), the necessary database tables will be created automatically if they do not exist already. Alternatively, the tables can be created manually from the SQL statements found in the mtrlogobserver.py source file.
test_type
Short string that will be inserted into the database in the row for the test run. Defaults to the empty string, but can be specified to identify different types of test runs.
test_info
Descriptive string that will be inserted into the database in the row for the test run. Defaults to the empty string, but can be specified as a user-readable description of this particular test run.
mtr_subdir
The subdirectory in which to look for server error log files. Defaults to “mysql-test”, which is usually correct. WithProperties is supported.


Next: , Previous: Testing with mysql-test-run, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.9 SetProperty

This buildstep is similar to ShellCommand, except that it captures the output of the command into a property. It is usually used like this:

     from buildbot.steps import shell
     f.addStep(shell.SetProperty(command="uname -a", property="uname"))

This runs uname -a and captures its output (including stderr), stripped of leading and trailing whitespace, in the property "uname". To avoid stripping, add strip=False.

The property argument can be specified as a WithProperties object, allowing the property name to be built from other property values.

The more advanced usage allows you to specify a function to extract properties from the command output. Here you can use regular expressions, string interpolation, or whatever you would like. In this form, extract_fn should be passed, and not property. The extract_fn function is called with three arguments: the exit status of the command, its standard output as a string, and its standard error as a string. It should return a dictionary containing all new properties.

     def glob2list(rc, stdout, stderr):
         jpgs = [ l.strip() for l in stdout.split('\n') ]
         return { 'jpgs' : jpgs }
     f.addStep(SetProperty(command="ls -1 *.jpg", extract_fn=glob2list))

Note that any ordering relationship of the contents of stdout and stderr is lost. For example, given

     f.addStep(SetProperty(
         command="echo output1; echo error >&2; echo output2",
         extract_fn=my_extract))

Then my_extract will see stdout="output1\noutput2\n" and stderr="error\n".

See also Setting Properties.


Previous: SetProperty, Up: ShellCommand
4.12.4.10 SubunitShellCommand

This buildstep is similar to ShellCommand, except that it runs the log content through a subunit filter to extract test and failure counts.

     from buildbot.steps.subunit import SubunitShellCommand
     f.addStep(SubunitShellCommand(command="make test", failureOnNoTests=False))

This runs make test and filters it through subunit. The 'tests' and 'test failed' progress metrics will now accumulate test data from the test run.

If failureOnNoTests is True, this step will fail if no test is run. By default failureOnNoTests is False.


Next: , Previous: ShellCommand, Up: Build Steps

4.12.5 Slave Filesystem Steps

Here are some buildsteps for manipulating the slaves filesystem.


Up: Slave Filesystem Steps
4.12.5.1 RemoveDirectory

This command recursively deletes a directory on the slave.

     from buildbot.steps.slave import RemoveDirectory
     f.addStep(RemoveDirectory(dir="build/build"))


Next: , Previous: Slave Filesystem Steps, Up: Build Steps

4.12.6 Python BuildSteps

Here are some BuildSteps that are specifcally useful for projects implemented in Python.


Next: , Up: Python BuildSteps
4.12.6.1 BuildEPYDoc

epydoc is a tool for generating API documentation for Python modules from their docstrings. It reads all the .py files from your source tree, processes the docstrings therein, and creates a large tree of .html files (or a single .pdf file).

The buildbot.steps.python.BuildEPYDoc step will run epydoc to produce this API documentation, and will count the errors and warnings from its output.

You must supply the command line to be used. The default is make epydocs, which assumes that your project has a Makefile with an “epydocs” target. You might wish to use something like epydoc -o apiref source/PKGNAME instead. You might also want to add --pdf to generate a PDF file instead of a large tree of HTML files.

The API docs are generated in-place in the build tree (under the workdir, in the subdirectory controlled by the “-o” argument). To make them useful, you will probably have to copy them to somewhere they can be read. A command like rsync -ad apiref/ dev.example.com:~public_html/current-apiref/ might be useful. You might instead want to bundle them into a tarball and publish it in the same place where the generated install tarball is placed.

     from buildbot.steps.python import BuildEPYDoc
     
     ...
     f.addStep(BuildEPYDoc(command=["epydoc", "-o", "apiref", "source/mypkg"]))


Next: , Previous: BuildEPYDoc, Up: Python BuildSteps
4.12.6.2 PyFlakes

PyFlakes is a tool to perform basic static analysis of Python code to look for simple errors, like missing imports and references of undefined names. It is like a fast and simple form of the C “lint” program. Other tools (like pychecker) provide more detailed results but take longer to run.

The buildbot.steps.python.PyFlakes step will run pyflakes and count the various kinds of errors and warnings it detects.

You must supply the command line to be used. The default is make pyflakes, which assumes you have a top-level Makefile with a “pyflakes” target. You might want to use something like pyflakes . or pyflakes src.

     from buildbot.steps.python import PyFlakes
     
     ...
     f.addStep(PyFlakes(command=["pyflakes", "src"]))


Next: , Previous: PyFlakes, Up: Python BuildSteps
4.12.6.3 PyLint

Similarly, the buildbot.steps.python.PyLint step will run pylint and analyze the results.

You must supply the command line to be used. There is no default.

     from buildbot.steps.python import PyLint
     
     ...
     f.addStep(PyLint(command=["pylint", "src"]))


Next: , Previous: PyLint, Up: Python BuildSteps
4.12.6.4 Trial

This step runs a unit test suite using trial, a unittest-like testing framework that is a component of Twisted Python. Trial is used to implement Twisted's own unit tests, and is the unittest-framework of choice for many projects that use Twisted internally.

Projects that use trial typically have all their test cases in a 'test' subdirectory of their top-level library directory. For example, for a package petmail, the tests might be in petmail/test/test_*.py. More complicated packages (like Twisted itself) may have multiple test directories, like twisted/test/test_*.py for the core functionality and twisted/mail/test/test_*.py for the email-specific tests.

To run trial tests manually, you run the trial executable and tell it where the test cases are located. The most common way of doing this is with a module name. For petmail, this might look like trial petmail.test, which would locate all the test_*.py files under petmail/test/, running every test case it could find in them. Unlike the unittest.py that comes with Python, it is not necessary to run the test_foo.py as a script; you always let trial do the importing and running. The step's tests parameter controls which tests trial will run: it can be a string or a list of strings.

To find the test cases, the Python search path must allow something like import petmail.test to work. For packages that don't use a separate top-level lib directory, PYTHONPATH=. will work, and will use the test cases (and the code they are testing) in-place. PYTHONPATH=build/lib or PYTHONPATH=build/lib.somearch are also useful when you do a python setup.py build step first. The testpath attribute of this class controls what PYTHONPATH is set to before running trial.

Trial has the ability, through the --testmodule flag, to run only the set of test cases named by special test-case-name tags in source files. We can get the list of changed source files from our parent Build and provide them to trial, thus running the minimal set of test cases needed to cover the Changes. This is useful for quick builds, especially in trees with a lot of test cases. The testChanges parameter controls this feature: if set, it will override tests.

The trial executable itself is typically just trial, and is typically found in the shell search path. It can be overridden with the trial parameter. This is useful for Twisted's own unittests, which want to use the copy of bin/trial that comes with the sources.

To influence the version of python being used for the tests, or to add flags to the command, set the python parameter. This can be a string (like python2.2) or a list (like ['python2.3', '-Wall']).

Trial creates and switches into a directory named _trial_temp/ before running the tests, and sends the twisted log (which includes all exceptions) to a file named test.log. This file will be pulled up to the master where it can be seen as part of the status output.

     from buildbot.steps.python_twisted import Trial
     f.addStep(Trial(tests='petmail.test'))


Previous: Trial, Up: Python BuildSteps
4.12.6.5 RemovePYCs

This is a simple built-in step that will remove .pyc files from the workdir. This is useful in builds that update their source (and thus do not automatically delete .pyc files) but where some part of the build process is dynamically searching for Python modules. Notably, trial has a bad habit of finding old test modules.

     from buildbot.steps.python_twisted import RemovePYCs
     f.addStep(RemovePYCs())


Next: , Previous: Python BuildSteps, Up: Build Steps

4.12.7 Transferring Files

Most of the work involved in a build will take place on the buildslave. But occasionally it is useful to do some work on the buildmaster side. The most basic way to involve the buildmaster is simply to move a file from the slave to the master, or vice versa. There are a pair of BuildSteps named FileUpload and FileDownload to provide this functionality. FileUpload moves a file up to the master, while FileDownload moves a file down from the master.

As an example, let's assume that there is a step which produces an HTML file within the source tree that contains some sort of generated project documentation. We want to move this file to the buildmaster, into a ~/public_html directory, so it can be visible to developers. This file will wind up in the slave-side working directory under the name docs/reference.html. We want to put it into the master-side ~/public_html/ref.html.

     from buildbot.steps.shell import ShellCommand
     from buildbot.steps.transfer import FileUpload
     
     f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "docs"]))
     f.addStep(FileUpload(slavesrc="docs/reference.html",
                          masterdest="~/public_html/ref.html"))

The masterdest= argument will be passed to os.path.expanduser, so things like “~” will be expanded properly. Non-absolute paths will be interpreted relative to the buildmaster's base directory. Likewise, the slavesrc= argument will be expanded and interpreted relative to the builder's working directory.

To move a file from the master to the slave, use the FileDownload command. For example, let's assume that some step requires a configuration file that, for whatever reason, could not be recorded in the source code repository or generated on the buildslave side:

     from buildbot.steps.shell import ShellCommand
     from buildbot.steps.transfer import FileDownload
     
     f.addStep(FileDownload(mastersrc="~/todays_build_config.txt",
                            slavedest="build_config.txt"))
     f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "config"]))

Like FileUpload, the mastersrc= argument is interpreted relative to the buildmaster's base directory, and the slavedest= argument is relative to the builder's working directory. If the buildslave is running in ~buildslave, and the builder's “builddir” is something like tests-i386, then the workdir is going to be ~buildslave/tests-i386/build, and a slavedest= of foo/bar.html will get put in ~buildslave/tests-i386/build/foo/bar.html. Both of these commands will create any missing intervening directories.

Other Parameters

The maxsize= argument lets you set a maximum size for the file to be transferred. This may help to avoid surprises: transferring a 100MB coredump when you were expecting to move a 10kB status file might take an awfully long time. The blocksize= argument controls how the file is sent over the network: larger blocksizes are slightly more efficient but also consume more memory on each end, and there is a hard-coded limit of about 640kB.

The mode= argument allows you to control the access permissions of the target file, traditionally expressed as an octal integer. The most common value is probably 0755, which sets the “x” executable bit on the file (useful for shell scripts and the like). The default value for mode= is None, which means the permission bits will default to whatever the umask of the writing process is. The default umask tends to be fairly restrictive, but at least on the buildslave you can make it less restrictive with a –umask command-line option at creation time (see Buildslave Options).

The keepstamp= argument is a boolean that, when True, forces the modified and accessed time of the destination file to match the times of the source file. When False, the modified and accessed times of the destination file are set to the current time on the buildmaster. The default is false.

Transfering Directories

To transfer complete directories from the buildslave to the master, there is a BuildStep named DirectoryUpload. It works like FileUpload, just for directories. As an example, let's assume a step has generated project documentation, which consists of many files (like the output of doxygen or epydoc). We want to move the entire documentation to the buildmaster, into a ~/public_html/docs directory. On the slave-side the directory can be found under docs:

     from buildbot.steps.shell import ShellCommand
     from buildbot.steps.transfer import DirectoryUpload
     
     f.addStep(ShellCommand(command=["make", "docs"]))
     f.addStep(DirectoryUpload(slavesrc="docs",
     				masterdest="~/public_html/docs"))

The DirectoryUpload step will create all necessary directories and transfers empty directories, too.

The maxsize and blocksize parameters are the same as for FileUpload, although note that the size of the transferred data is implementation-dependent, and probably much larger than you expect due to the encoding used (currently tar).

The optional compress argument can be given as 'gz' or 'bz2' to compress the datastream.


Next: , Previous: Transferring Files, Up: Build Steps

4.12.8 Transferring Strings

Sometimes it is useful to transfer a calculated value from the master to the slave. Instead of having to create a temporary file and then use FileDownload, you can use one of the string download steps.

StringDownload works just like FileDownload except it takes a single argument, s, representing the string to download instead of a mastersrc argument. WithProperties will be properly rendered, if used in this argument.

JSONStringDownload is similar, except it takes an o argument, which must be json serializable, and transfers that as a json-encoded string to the slave.

JSONPropertiesDownload transfers a json-encoded string that represents a dictionary where properties maps to a dictionary of build property name to property value; and sourcestamp represents the build's sourcestamp.


Next: , Previous: Transferring Strings, Up: Build Steps

4.12.9 Running Commands on the Master

Occasionally, it is useful to execute some task on the master, for example to create a directory, deploy a build result, or trigger some other centralized processing. This is possible, in a limited fashion, with the MasterShellCommand step.

This step operates similarly to a regular ShellCommand, but executes on the master, instead of the slave. To be clear, the enclosing Build object must still have a slave object, just as for any other step – only, in this step, the slave does not do anything.

In this example, the step renames a tarball based on the day of the week.

     from buildbot.steps.transfer import FileUpload
     from buildbot.steps.master import MasterShellCommand
     
     f.addStep(FileUpload(slavesrc="widgetsoft.tar.gz",
                          masterdest="/var/buildoutputs/widgetsoft-new.tar.gz"))
     f.addStep(MasterShellCommand(command="""
         cd /var/buildoutputs;
         mv widgetsoft-new.tar.gz widgetsoft-`date +%a`.tar.gz"""))

Note that, by default, this step passes a copy of the buildmaster's environment variables to the subprocess. To pass an explicit environment instead, add an env={..} argument.


Next: , Previous: Running Commands on the Master, Up: Build Steps

4.12.10 Setting Properties

In Buildbot-0.8.3 and higher, slaves provide their environment variables to the master on connect. These can be copied into Buildbot properties with the SetPropertiesFromEnv step. Pass a variable or list of variables in the variables parameter, then simply use the values as properties in a later step.

Note that on Windows, environment variables are case-insensitive, but Buildbot property names are case sensitive. The property will have exactly the variable name you specify, even if the underlying environment variable is capitalized differently. If, for example, you use variables=['Tmp'], the result will be a property named Tmp, even though the environment variable is displayed as TMP in the Windows GUI.

     from buildbot.steps.slave import SetPropertiesFromEnv
     from buildbot.steps.shell import Compile
     
     f.addStep(SetPropertiesFromEnv(variables=["SOME_JAVA_LIB_HOME", "JAVAC"]))
     f.addStep(Compile(commands=[WithProperties("%s","JAVAC"), "-cp", WithProperties("%s", "SOME_JAVA_LIB_HOME")))

Note that this step requires that the Buildslave be at least version 0.8.3. For previous versions, no environment variables are available (the slave environment will appear to be empty).

See also SetProperty, which runs a command on the slave and sets a property based on the result.


Next: , Previous: Setting Properties, Up: Build Steps

4.12.11 Triggering Schedulers

The counterpart to the Triggerable described in section see Triggerable Scheduler is the Trigger BuildStep.

     from buildbot.steps.trigger import Trigger
     f.addStep(Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-prep'],
                       waitForFinish=True,
                       updateSourceStamp=True,
                       set_properties={ 'quick' : False },
                       copy_properties=[ 'release_code_name' ]))

The schedulerNames= argument lists the Triggerables that should be triggered when this step is executed. Note that it is possible, but not advisable, to create a cycle where a build continually triggers itself, because the schedulers are specified by name.

If waitForFinish is True, then the step will not finish until all of the builds from the triggered schedulers have finished. If this argument is False (the default) or not given, then the buildstep succeeds immediately after triggering the schedulers.

The SourceStamp to use for the triggered build is controlled by the arguments updateSourceStamp, alwaysUseLatest, and sourceStamp. If updateSourceStamp is True (the default), then step updates the SourceStamp given to the Triggerables to include got_revision (the revision actually used in this build) as revision (the revision to use in the triggered builds). This is useful to ensure that all of the builds use exactly the same SourceStamp, even if other Changes have occurred while the build was running. If updateSourceStamp is False (and neither of the other arguments are specified), then the exact same SourceStamp is used. If alwaysUseLatest is True, then no SourceStamp is given, corresponding to using the latest revision of the repository specified in the Source step. This is useful if the triggered builds use to a different source repository. sourceStamp accepts a dictionary containing the keys branch, revision, branch, repository, project, and optionally patch_level, patch_level and patch_subdir and creates the corresponding SourceStamp.

Two parameters allow control of the properties that are passed to the triggered scheduler. To simply copy properties verbatim, list them in the copy_properties parameter. To set properties explicitly, use the more sophisticated set_properties, which takes a dictionary mapping property names to values. You may use WithProperties here to dynamically construct new property values.


Next: , Previous: Triggering Schedulers, Up: Build Steps

4.12.12 Miscellaneous BuildSteps

A number of steps do not fall into any particular category.


Up: Miscellaneous BuildSteps
4.12.12.1 HLint

The HLint step runs Twisted Lore, a lint-like checker over a set of .xhtml files. Any deviations from recommended style is flagged and put in the output log.

The step looks at the list of changes in the build to determine which files to check - it does not check all files. It specifically excludes any .xhtml files in the top-level sandbox/ directory.

The step takes a single, optional, parameter: python. This specifies the Python executable to use to run Lore.

     from buildbot.steps.python_twisted import HLint
     f.addStep(HLint())


Next: , Previous: Miscellaneous BuildSteps, Up: Build Steps

4.12.13 Writing New BuildSteps

While it is a good idea to keep your build process self-contained in the source code tree, sometimes it is convenient to put more intelligence into your Buildbot configuration. One way to do this is to write a custom BuildStep. Once written, this Step can be used in the master.cfg file.

The best reason for writing a custom BuildStep is to better parse the results of the command being run. For example, a BuildStep that knows about JUnit could look at the logfiles to determine which tests had been run, how many passed and how many failed, and then report more detailed information than a simple rc==0 -based “good/bad” decision.


Next: , Up: Writing New BuildSteps
4.12.13.1 Writing BuildStep Constructors

BuildStep classes have some extra equipment, because they are their own factories. Consider the use of a BuildStep in master.cfg:

     f.addStep(MyStep(someopt="stuff", anotheropt=1))

This creates a single instance of class MyStep. However, Buildbot needs a new object each time the step is executed. this is accomplished by storing the information required to instantiate a new object in the factory attribute. When the time comes to construct a new Build, BuildFactory consults this attribute (via getStepFactory) and instantiates a new step object.

When writing a new step class, then, keep in mind are that you cannot do anything "interesting" in the constructor – limit yourself to checking and storing arguments. To ensure that these arguments are provided to any new objects, call self.addFactoryArguments with any keyword arguments your constructor needs.

Keep a **kwargs argument on the end of your options, and pass that up to the parent class's constructor.

The whole thing looks like this:

     class Frobinfy(LoggingBuildStep):
         def __init__(self,
                 frob_what="frobee",
                 frob_how_many=None,
                 frob_how=None,
                 **kwargs):
     
             # check
             if frob_how_many is None:
                 raise TypeError("Frobinfy argument how_many is required")
     
             # call parent
             LoggingBuildStep.__init__(self, **kwargs)
     
             # set Frobnify attributes
             self.frob_what = frob_what
             self.frob_how_many = how_many
             self.frob_how = frob_how
     
             # and record arguments for later
             self.addFactoryArguments(
                 frob_what=frob_what,
                 frob_how_many=frob_how_many,
                 frob_how=frob_how)
     
     class FastFrobnify(Frobnify):
         def __init__(self,
                 speed=5,
                 **kwargs)
             Frobnify.__init__(self, **kwargs)
             self.speed = speed
             self.addFactoryArguments(
                 speed=speed)


Next: , Previous: Writing BuildStep Constructors, Up: Writing New BuildSteps
4.12.13.2 BuildStep LogFiles

Each BuildStep has a collection of “logfiles”. Each one has a short name, like “stdio” or “warnings”. Each LogFile contains an arbitrary amount of text, usually the contents of some output file generated during a build or test step, or a record of everything that was printed to stdout/stderr during the execution of some command.

These LogFiles are stored to disk, so they can be retrieved later.

Each can contain multiple “channels”, generally limited to three basic ones: stdout, stderr, and “headers”. For example, when a ShellCommand runs, it writes a few lines to the “headers” channel to indicate the exact argv strings being run, which directory the command is being executed in, and the contents of the current environment variables. Then, as the command runs, it adds a lot of “stdout” and “stderr” messages. When the command finishes, a final “header” line is added with the exit code of the process.

Status display plugins can format these different channels in different ways. For example, the web page shows LogFiles as text/html, with header lines in blue text, stdout in black, and stderr in red. A different URL is available which provides a text/plain format, in which stdout and stderr are collapsed together, and header lines are stripped completely. This latter option makes it easy to save the results to a file and run grep or whatever against the output.

Each BuildStep contains a mapping (implemented in a python dictionary) from LogFile name to the actual LogFile objects. Status plugins can get a list of LogFiles to display, for example, a list of HREF links that, when clicked, provide the full contents of the LogFile.

Using LogFiles in custom BuildSteps

The most common way for a custom BuildStep to use a LogFile is to summarize the results of a ShellCommand (after the command has finished running). For example, a compile step with thousands of lines of output might want to create a summary of just the warning messages. If you were doing this from a shell, you would use something like:

     grep "warning:" output.log >warnings.log

In a custom BuildStep, you could instead create a “warnings” LogFile that contained the same text. To do this, you would add code to your createSummary method that pulls lines from the main output log and creates a new LogFile with the results:

         import StringIO
         def createSummary(self, log):
             warnings = []
             sio = StringIO.StringIO(log.getText())
             for line in sio.readlines():
                 if "warning:" in line:
                     warnings.append()
             self.addCompleteLog('warnings', "".join(warnings))

This example uses the addCompleteLog method, which creates a new LogFile, puts some text in it, and then “closes” it, meaning that no further contents will be added. This LogFile will appear in the HTML display under an HREF with the name “warnings”, since that is the name of the LogFile.

You can also use addHTMLLog to create a complete (closed) LogFile that contains HTML instead of plain text. The normal LogFile will be HTML-escaped if presented through a web page, but the HTML LogFile will not. At the moment this is only used to present a pretty HTML representation of an otherwise ugly exception traceback when something goes badly wrong during the BuildStep.

In contrast, you might want to create a new LogFile at the beginning of the step, and add text to it as the command runs. You can create the LogFile and attach it to the build by calling addLog, which returns the LogFile object. You then add text to this LogFile by calling methods like addStdout and addHeader. When you are done, you must call the finish method so the LogFile can be closed. It may be useful to create and populate a LogFile like this from a LogObserver method See Adding LogObservers.

The logfiles= argument to ShellCommand (see see ShellCommand) creates new LogFiles and fills them in realtime by asking the buildslave to watch a actual file on disk. The buildslave will look for additions in the target file and report them back to the BuildStep. These additions will be added to the LogFile by calling addStdout. These secondary LogFiles can be used as the source of a LogObserver just like the normal “stdio” LogFile.


Next: , Previous: BuildStep LogFiles, Up: Writing New BuildSteps
4.12.13.3 Reading Logfiles

Once a LogFile has been added to a BuildStep with addLog(), addCompleteLog(), addHTMLLog(), or logfiles=, your BuildStep can retrieve it by using getLog():

     class MyBuildStep(ShellCommand):
         logfiles = { "nodelog": "_test/node.log" }
     
         def evaluateCommand(self, cmd):
             nodelog = self.getLog("nodelog")
             if "STARTED" in nodelog.getText():
                 return SUCCESS
             else:
                 return FAILURE

For a complete list of the methods you can call on a LogFile, please see the docstrings on the IStatusLog class in buildbot/interfaces.py.


Next: , Previous: Reading Logfiles, Up: Writing New BuildSteps
4.12.13.4 Adding LogObservers

Most shell commands emit messages to stdout or stderr as they operate, especially if you ask them nicely with a --verbose flag of some sort. They may also write text to a log file while they run. Your BuildStep can watch this output as it arrives, to keep track of how much progress the command has made. You can get a better measure of progress by counting the number of source files compiled or test cases run than by merely tracking the number of bytes that have been written to stdout. This improves the accuracy and the smoothness of the ETA display.

To accomplish this, you will need to attach a LogObserver to one of the log channels, most commonly to the “stdio” channel but perhaps to another one which tracks a log file. This observer is given all text as it is emitted from the command, and has the opportunity to parse that output incrementally. Once the observer has decided that some event has occurred (like a source file being compiled), it can use the setProgress method to tell the BuildStep about the progress that this event represents.

There are a number of pre-built LogObserver classes that you can choose from (defined in buildbot.process.buildstep, and of course you can subclass them to add further customization. The LogLineObserver class handles the grunt work of buffering and scanning for end-of-line delimiters, allowing your parser to operate on complete stdout/stderr lines. (Lines longer than a set maximum length are dropped; the maximum defaults to 16384 bytes, but you can change it by calling setMaxLineLength() on your LogLineObserver instance. Use sys.maxint for effective infinity.)

For example, let's take a look at the TrialTestCaseCounter, which is used by the Trial step (see Trial) to count test cases as they are run. As Trial executes, it emits lines like the following:

     buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testDebugPassword ... [OK]
     buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testEmpty ... [OK]
     buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testIRC ... [FAIL]
     buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testLocks ... [OK]

When the tests are finished, trial emits a long line of “======” and then some lines which summarize the tests that failed. We want to avoid parsing these trailing lines, because their format is less well-defined than the “[OK]” lines.

The parser class looks like this:

     from buildbot.process.buildstep import LogLineObserver
     
     class TrialTestCaseCounter(LogLineObserver):
         _line_re = re.compile(r'^([\w\.]+) \.\.\. \[([^\]]+)\]$')
         numTests = 0
         finished = False
     
         def outLineReceived(self, line):
             if self.finished:
                 return
             if line.startswith("=" * 40):
                 self.finished = True
                 return
     
             m = self._line_re.search(line.strip())
             if m:
                 testname, result = m.groups()
                 self.numTests += 1
                 self.step.setProgress('tests', self.numTests)

This parser only pays attention to stdout, since that's where trial writes the progress lines. It has a mode flag named finished to ignore everything after the “====” marker, and a scary-looking regular expression to match each line while hopefully ignoring other messages that might get displayed as the test runs.

Each time it identifies a test has been completed, it increments its counter and delivers the new progress value to the step with self.step.setProgress. This class is specifically measuring progress along the “tests” metric, in units of test cases (as opposed to other kinds of progress like the “output” metric, which measures in units of bytes). The Progress-tracking code uses each progress metric separately to come up with an overall completion percentage and an ETA value.

To connect this parser into the Trial BuildStep, Trial.__init__ ends with the following clause:

             # this counter will feed Progress along the 'test cases' metric
             counter = TrialTestCaseCounter()
             self.addLogObserver('stdio', counter)
             self.progressMetrics += ('tests',)

This creates a TrialTestCaseCounter and tells the step that the counter wants to watch the “stdio” log. The observer is automatically given a reference to the step in its .step attribute.

A Somewhat Whimsical Example

Let's say that we've got some snazzy new unit-test framework called Framboozle. It's the hottest thing since sliced bread. It slices, it dices, it runs unit tests like there's no tomorrow. Plus if your unit tests fail, you can use its name for a Web 2.1 startup company, make millions of dollars, and hire engineers to fix the bugs for you, while you spend your afternoons lazily hang-gliding along a scenic pacific beach, blissfully unconcerned about the state of your tests.6

To run a Framboozle-enabled test suite, you just run the 'framboozler' command from the top of your source code tree. The 'framboozler' command emits a bunch of stuff to stdout, but the most interesting bit is that it emits the line "FNURRRGH!" every time it finishes running a test case7. You'd like to have a test-case counting LogObserver that watches for these lines and counts them, because counting them will help the buildbot more accurately calculate how long the build will take, and this will let you know exactly how long you can sneak out of the office for your hang-gliding lessons without anyone noticing that you're gone.

This will involve writing a new BuildStep (probably named "Framboozle") which inherits from ShellCommand. The BuildStep class definition itself will look something like this:

     # START
     from buildbot.steps.shell import ShellCommand
     from buildbot.process.buildstep import LogLineObserver
     
     class FNURRRGHCounter(LogLineObserver):
         numTests = 0
         def outLineReceived(self, line):
             if "FNURRRGH!" in line:
                 self.numTests += 1
                 self.step.setProgress('tests', self.numTests)
     
     class Framboozle(ShellCommand):
         command = ["framboozler"]
     
         def __init__(self, **kwargs):
             ShellCommand.__init__(self, **kwargs)   # always upcall!
             counter = FNURRRGHCounter())
             self.addLogObserver('stdio', counter)
             self.progressMetrics += ('tests',)
     # FINISH

So that's the code that we want to wind up using. How do we actually deploy it?

You have a couple of different options.

Option 1: The simplest technique is to simply put this text (everything from START to FINISH) in your master.cfg file, somewhere before the BuildFactory definition where you actually use it in a clause like:

     f = BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(SVN(svnurl="stuff"))
     f.addStep(Framboozle())

Remember that master.cfg is secretly just a python program with one job: populating the BuildmasterConfig dictionary. And python programs are allowed to define as many classes as they like. So you can define classes and use them in the same file, just as long as the class is defined before some other code tries to use it.

This is easy, and it keeps the point of definition very close to the point of use, and whoever replaces you after that unfortunate hang-gliding accident will appreciate being able to easily figure out what the heck this stupid "Framboozle" step is doing anyways. The downside is that every time you reload the config file, the Framboozle class will get redefined, which means that the buildmaster will think that you've reconfigured all the Builders that use it, even though nothing changed. Bleh.

Option 2: Instead, we can put this code in a separate file, and import it into the master.cfg file just like we would the normal buildsteps like ShellCommand and SVN.

Create a directory named ~/lib/python, put everything from START to FINISH in ~/lib/python/framboozle.py, and run your buildmaster using:

      PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python buildbot start MASTERDIR

or use the Makefile.buildbot to control the way buildbot start works. Or add something like this to something like your ~/.bashrc or ~/.bash_profile or ~/.cshrc:

      export PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python

Once we've done this, our master.cfg can look like:

     from framboozle import Framboozle
     f = BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(SVN(svnurl="stuff"))
     f.addStep(Framboozle())

or:

     import framboozle
     f = BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(SVN(svnurl="stuff"))
     f.addStep(framboozle.Framboozle())

(check out the python docs for details about how "import" and "from A import B" work).

What we've done here is to tell python that every time it handles an "import" statement for some named module, it should look in our ~/lib/python/ for that module before it looks anywhere else. After our directories, it will try in a bunch of standard directories too (including the one where buildbot is installed). By setting the PYTHONPATH environment variable, you can add directories to the front of this search list.

Python knows that once it "import"s a file, it doesn't need to re-import it again. This means that reconfiguring the buildmaster (with "buildbot reconfig", for example) won't make it think the Framboozle class has changed every time, so the Builders that use it will not be spuriously restarted. On the other hand, you either have to start your buildmaster in a slightly weird way, or you have to modify your environment to set the PYTHONPATH variable.

Option 3: Install this code into a standard python library directory

Find out what your python's standard include path is by asking it:

     80:warner@luther% python
     Python 2.4.4c0 (#2, Oct  2 2006, 00:57:46)
     [GCC 4.1.2 20060928 (prerelease) (Debian 4.1.1-15)] on linux2
     Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information.
     >>> import sys
     >>> import pprint
     >>> pprint.pprint(sys.path)
     ['',
      '/usr/lib/python24.zip',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4/plat-linux2',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4/lib-tk',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4/lib-dynload',
      '/usr/local/lib/python2.4/site-packages',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages',
      '/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/Numeric',
      '/var/lib/python-support/python2.4',
      '/usr/lib/site-python']

In this case, putting the code into /usr/local/lib/python2.4/site-packages/framboozle.py would work just fine. We can use the same master.cfg "import framboozle" statement as in Option 2. By putting it in a standard include directory (instead of the decidedly non-standard ~/lib/python), we don't even have to set PYTHONPATH to anything special. The downside is that you probably have to be root to write to one of those standard include directories.

Option 4: Submit the code for inclusion in the Buildbot distribution

Make a fork of buildbot on http://github.com/djmitche/buildbot or post a patch in a bug at http://buildbot.net. In either case, post a note about your patch to the mailing list, so others can provide feedback and, eventually, commit it.

     from buildbot.steps import framboozle
     f = BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(SVN(svnurl="stuff"))
     f.addStep(framboozle.Framboozle())

And then you don't even have to install framboozle.py anywhere on your system, since it will ship with Buildbot. You don't have to be root, you don't have to set PYTHONPATH. But you do have to make a good case for Framboozle being worth going into the main distribution, you'll probably have to provide docs and some unit test cases, you'll need to figure out what kind of beer the author likes, and then you'll have to wait until the next release. But in some environments, all this is easier than getting root on your buildmaster box, so the tradeoffs may actually be worth it.

Putting the code in master.cfg (1) makes it available to that buildmaster instance. Putting it in a file in a personal library directory (2) makes it available for any buildmasters you might be running. Putting it in a file in a system-wide shared library directory (3) makes it available for any buildmasters that anyone on that system might be running. Getting it into the buildbot's upstream repository (4) makes it available for any buildmasters that anyone in the world might be running. It's all a matter of how widely you want to deploy that new class.


Previous: Adding LogObservers, Up: Writing New BuildSteps
4.12.13.5 BuildStep URLs

Each BuildStep has a collection of “links”. Like its collection of LogFiles, each link has a name and a target URL. The web status page creates HREFs for each link in the same box as it does for LogFiles, except that the target of the link is the external URL instead of an internal link to a page that shows the contents of the LogFile.

These external links can be used to point at build information hosted on other servers. For example, the test process might produce an intricate description of which tests passed and failed, or some sort of code coverage data in HTML form, or a PNG or GIF image with a graph of memory usage over time. The external link can provide an easy way for users to navigate from the buildbot's status page to these external web sites or file servers. Note that the step itself is responsible for insuring that there will be a document available at the given URL (perhaps by using scp to copy the HTML output to a ~/public_html/ directory on a remote web server). Calling addURL does not magically populate a web server.

To set one of these links, the BuildStep should call the addURL method with the name of the link and the target URL. Multiple URLs can be set.

In this example, we assume that the make test command causes a collection of HTML files to be created and put somewhere on the coverage.example.org web server, in a filename that incorporates the build number.

     class TestWithCodeCoverage(BuildStep):
         command = ["make", "test",
                    WithProperties("buildnum=%s", "buildnumber")]
     
         def createSummary(self, log):
             buildnumber = self.getProperty("buildnumber")
             url = "http://coverage.example.org/builds/%s.html" % buildnumber
             self.addURL("coverage", url)

You might also want to extract the URL from some special message output by the build process itself:

     class TestWithCodeCoverage(BuildStep):
         command = ["make", "test",
                    WithProperties("buildnum=%s", "buildnumber")]
     
         def createSummary(self, log):
             output = StringIO(log.getText())
             for line in output.readlines():
                 if line.startswith("coverage-url:"):
                     url = line[len("coverage-url:"):].strip()
                     self.addURL("coverage", url)
                     return

Note that a build process which emits both stdout and stderr might cause this line to be split or interleaved between other lines. It might be necessary to restrict the getText() call to only stdout with something like this:

             output = StringIO("".join([c[1]
                                        for c in log.getChunks()
                                        if c[0] == LOG_CHANNEL_STDOUT]))

Of course if the build is run under a PTY, then stdout and stderr will be merged before the buildbot ever sees them, so such interleaving will be unavoidable.


Previous: Writing New BuildSteps, Up: Build Steps

4.12.14 Build Step Index


Next: , Previous: Build Steps, Up: Configuration

4.13 Interlocks

Until now, we assumed that a master can run builds at any slave whenever needed or desired. Some times, you want to enforce additional constraints on builds. For reasons like limited network bandwidth, old slave machines, or a self-willed data base server, you may want to limit the number of builds (or build steps) that can access a resource.

Access Modes

The mechanism used by Buildbot is known as the read/write lock.8 It allows either many readers or a single writer but not a combination of readers and writers. The general lock has been modified and extended for use in Buildbot. Firstly, the general lock allows an infinite number of readers. In Buildbot, we often want to put an upper limit on the number of readers, for example allowing two out of five possible builds at the same time. To do this, the lock counts the number of active readers. Secondly, the terms read mode and write mode are confusing in Buildbot context. They have been replaced by counting mode (since the lock counts them) and exclusive mode. As a result of these changes, locks in Buildbot allow a number of builds (upto some fixed number) in counting mode, or they allow one build in exclusive mode.

Note that access modes are specified when a lock is used. That is, it is possible to have a single lock that is used by several slaves in counting mode, and several slaves in exclusive mode. In fact, this is the strength of the modes: accessing a lock in exclusive mode will prevent all counting-mode accesses.

Count

Often, not all slaves are equal. To allow for this situation, Buildbot allows to have a separate upper limit on the count for each slave. In this way, you can have at most 3 concurrent builds at a fast slave, 2 at a slightly older slave, and 1 at all other slaves.

Scope

The final thing you can specify when you introduce a new lock is its scope. Some constraints are global – they must be enforced over all slaves. Other constraints are local to each slave. A master lock is used for the global constraints. You can ensure for example that at most one build (of all builds running at all slaves) accesses the data base server. With a slave lock you can add a limit local to each slave. With such a lock, you can for example enforce an upper limit to the number of active builds at a slave, like above.

Examples

Time for a few examples. Below a master lock is defined to protect a data base, and a slave lock is created to limit the number of builds at each slave.

     from buildbot import locks
     
     db_lock = locks.MasterLock("database")
     build_lock = locks.SlaveLock("slave_builds",
                                  maxCount = 1,
                                  maxCountForSlave = { 'fast': 3, 'new': 2 })

After importing locks from buildbot, db_lock is defined to be a master lock. The "database" string is used for uniquely identifying the lock. At the next line, a slave lock called build_lock is created. It is identified by the "slave_builds" string. Since the requirements of the lock are a bit more complicated, two optional arguments are also specified. The maxCount parameter sets the default limit for builds in counting mode to 1. For the slave called 'fast' however, we want to have at most three builds, and for the slave called 'new' the upper limit is two builds running at the same time.

The next step is accessing the locks in builds. Buildbot allows a lock to be used during an entire build (from beginning to end), or only during a single build step. In the latter case, the lock is claimed for use just before the step starts, and released again when the step ends. To prevent deadlocks,9 it is not possible to claim or release locks at other times.

To use locks, you add them with a locks argument to a build or a step. Each use of a lock is either in counting mode (that is, possibly shared with other builds) or in exclusive mode, and this is indicated with the syntax lock.access(mode), where mode is one of "counting" or "shared".

A build or build step proceeds only when it has acquired all locks. If a build or step needs a lot of locks, it may be starved10 by other builds that need fewer locks.

To illustrate use of locks, a few examples.

     from buildbot import locks
     from buildbot.steps import source, shell
     from buildbot.process import factory
     
     db_lock = locks.MasterLock("database")
     build_lock = locks.SlaveLock("slave_builds",
                                  maxCount = 1,
                                  maxCountForSlave = { 'fast': 3, 'new': 2 })
     
     f = factory.BuildFactory()
     f.addStep(source.SVN(svnurl="http://example.org/svn/Trunk"))
     f.addStep(shell.ShellCommand(command="make all"))
     f.addStep(shell.ShellCommand(command="make test",
                                  locks=[db_lock.access('exclusive')]))
     
     b1 = {'name': 'full1', 'slavename': 'fast',  'builddir': 'f1', 'factory': f,
            'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }
     
     b2 = {'name': 'full2', 'slavename': 'new',   'builddir': 'f2', 'factory': f,
            'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }
     
     b3 = {'name': 'full3', 'slavename': 'old',   'builddir': 'f3', 'factory': f,
            'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }
     
     b4 = {'name': 'full4', 'slavename': 'other', 'builddir': 'f4', 'factory': f,
            'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }
     
     c['builders'] = [b1, b2, b3, b4]

Here we have four slaves b1, b2, b3, and b4. Each slave performs the same checkout, make, and test build step sequence. We want to enforce that at most one test step is executed between all slaves due to restrictions with the data base server. This is done by adding the locks= parameter with the third step. It takes a list of locks with their access mode. In this case only the db_lock is needed. The exclusive access mode is used to ensure there is at most one slave that executes the test step.

In addition to exclusive accessing the data base, we also want slaves to stay responsive even under the load of a large number of builds being triggered. For this purpose, the slave lock called build_lock is defined. Since the restraint holds for entire builds, the lock is specified in the builder with 'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')].

Note that you will occasionally see lock.access(mode) written as LockAccess(lock, mode). The two are equivalent, but the former is preferred.


Next: , Previous: Interlocks, Up: Configuration

4.14 Status Targets

The Buildmaster has a variety of ways to present build status to various users. Each such delivery method is a “Status Target” object in the configuration's status list. To add status targets, you just append more objects to this list:

     c['status'] = []
     
     from buildbot.status import html
     c['status'].append(html.Waterfall(http_port=8010))
     
     from buildbot.status import mail
     m = mail.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@localhost",
                           extraRecipients=["builds@lists.example.com"],
                           sendToInterestedUsers=False)
     c['status'].append(m)
     
     from buildbot.status import words
     c['status'].append(words.IRC(host="irc.example.com", nick="bb",
                                  channels=[{"channel": "#example1"},
                                            {"channel": "#example2",
                                             "password": "somesecretpassword"}]))

Most status delivery objects take a categories= argument, which can contain a list of “category” names: in this case, it will only show status for Builders that are in one of the named categories.

Implementation Note

Each of these objects should be a service.MultiService which will be attached to the BuildMaster object when the configuration is processed. They should use self.parent.getStatus() to get access to the top-level IStatus object, either inside startService or later. They may call status.subscribe() in startService to receive notifications of builder events, in which case they must define builderAdded and related methods. See the docstrings in buildbot/interfaces.py for full details.


Next: , Up: Status Targets

4.14.1 WebStatus

The buildbot.status.html.WebStatus status target runs a small web server inside the buildmaster. You can point a browser at this web server and retrieve information about every build the buildbot knows about, as well as find out what the buildbot is currently working on.

The first page you will see is the “Welcome Page”, which contains links to all the other useful pages. By default, this page is served from the status/web/templates/root.html file in buildbot's library area. If you'd like to override this page or the other templates found there, copy the files you're interested in into a templates/ directory in the buildmaster's base directory.

One of the most complex resource provided by WebStatus is the “Waterfall Display”, which shows a time-based chart of events. This somewhat-busy display provides detailed information about all steps of all recent builds, and provides hyperlinks to look at individual build logs and source changes. By simply reloading this page on a regular basis, you will see a complete description of everything the buildbot is currently working on.

A similar, but more developer-oriented display is the "Grid" display. This arranges builds by SourceStamp (horizontal axis) and builder (vertical axis), and can provide quick information as to which revisions are passing or failing on which builders.

There are also pages with more specialized information. For example, there is a page which shows the last 20 builds performed by the buildbot, one line each. Each line is a link to detailed information about that build. By adding query arguments to the URL used to reach this page, you can narrow the display to builds that involved certain branches, or which ran on certain Builders. These pages are described in great detail below.

Configuration

Buildbot now uses a templating system for the web interface. The source of these templates can be found in the status/web/templates/ directory in buildbot's library area. You can override these templates by creating alternate versions in a templates/ directory within the buildmaster's base directory.

The first time a buildmaster is created, the public_html/ directory is populated with some sample files, which you will probably want to customize for your own project. These files are all static: the buildbot does not modify them in any way as it serves them to HTTP clients.

Note that templates in templates/ take precedence over static files in public_html/.

     from buildbot.status.html import WebStatus
     c['status'].append(WebStatus(8080))

Note that the initial robots.txt file has Disallow lines for all of the dynamically-generated buildbot pages, to discourage web spiders and search engines from consuming a lot of CPU time as they crawl through the entire history of your buildbot. If you are running the buildbot behind a reverse proxy, you'll probably need to put the robots.txt file somewhere else (at the top level of the parent web server), and replace the URL prefixes in it with more suitable values.

If you would like to use an alternative root directory, add the public_html=.. option to the WebStatus creation:

     c['status'].append(WebStatus(8080, public_html="/var/www/buildbot"))

In addition, if you are familiar with twisted.web Resource Trees, you can write code to add additional pages at places inside this web space. Just use webstatus.putChild to place these resources.

The following section describes the special URLs and the status views they provide.


Next: , Up: WebStatus
4.14.1.1 Buildbot Web Resources

Certain URLs are “magic”, and the pages they serve are created by code in various classes in the buildbot.status.web package instead of being read from disk. The most common way to access these pages is for the buildmaster admin to write or modify the index.html page to contain links to them. Of course other project web pages can contain links to these buildbot pages as well.

Many pages can be modified by adding query arguments to the URL. For example, a page which shows the results of the most recent build normally does this for all builders at once. But by appending “?builder=i386” to the end of the URL, the page will show only the results for the “i386” builder. When used in this way, you can add multiple “builder=” arguments to see multiple builders. Remembering that URL query arguments are separated from each other with ampersands, a URL that ends in “?builder=i386&builder=ppc” would show builds for just those two Builders.

The branch= query argument can be used on some pages. This filters the information displayed by that page down to only the builds or changes which involved the given branch. Use branch=trunk to reference the trunk: if you aren't intentionally using branches, you're probably using trunk. Multiple branch= arguments can be used to examine multiple branches at once (so appending ?branch=foo&branch=bar to the URL will show builds involving either branch). No branch= arguments means to show builds and changes for all branches.

Some pages may include the Builder name or the build number in the main part of the URL itself. For example, a page that describes Build #7 of the “i386” builder would live at /builders/i386/builds/7.

The table below lists all of the internal pages and the URLs that can be used to access them.

/waterfall
This provides a chronologically-oriented display of the activity of all builders. It is the same display used by the Waterfall display.

By adding one or more “builder=” query arguments, the Waterfall is restricted to only showing information about the given Builders. By adding one or more “branch=” query arguments, the display is restricted to showing information about the given branches. In addition, adding one or more “category=” query arguments to the URL will limit the display to Builders that were defined with one of the given categories.

A 'show_events=true' query argument causes the display to include non-Build events, like slaves attaching and detaching, as well as reconfiguration events. 'show_events=false' hides these events. The default is to show them.

By adding the 'failures_only=true' query argument, the Waterfall is restricted to only showing information about the builders that are currently failing. A builder is considered failing if the last finished build was not successful, a step in the current build(s) is failing, or if the builder is offline.

The last_time=, first_time=, and show_time= arguments will control what interval of time is displayed. The default is to show the latest events, but these can be used to look at earlier periods in history. The num_events= argument also provides a limit on the size of the displayed page.

The Waterfall has references to resources many of the other portions of the URL space: /builders for access to individual builds, /changes for access to information about source code changes, etc.

/grid
This provides a chronologically oriented display of builders, by revision. The builders are listed down the left side of the page, and the revisions are listed across the top.

By adding one ore more “category=” arguments the grid will be restricted to revisions in those categories.

A “width=N” argument will limit the number of revisions shown to N, defaulting to 5.

A “branch=BRANCHNAME” argument will limit the grid to revisions on branch BRANCHNAME.

/tgrid
The Transposed Grid is similar to the standard grid, but, as the name implies, transposes the grid: the revisions are listed down the left side of the page, and the build hosts are listed across the top. It accepts the same query arguments. The exception being that instead of “width” the argument is named “length.”

This page also has a “rev_order=” query argument that lets you change in what order revisions are shown. Valid values are “asc” (ascending, oldest revision first) and “desc” (descending, newest revision first).

/console
EXPERIMENTAL: This provides a developer-oriented display of the the last changes and how they affected the builders.

It allows a developer to quickly see the status of each builder for the first build including his or her change. A green box means that the change succeeded for all the steps for a given builder. A red box means that the changed introduced a new regression on a builder. An orange box means that at least one of the test failed, but it was also failing in the previous build, so it is not possible to see if there was any regressions from this change. Finally a yellow box means that the test is in progress.

By adding one or more “builder=” query arguments, the Console view is restricted to only showing information about the given Builders. Adding a “repository=” argument will limit display to a given repository. By adding a “branch=” query argument, the display is restricted to showing information about the given branch. In addition, adding one or more “category=” query arguments to the URL will limit the display to Builders that were defined with one of the given categories.

By adding one or more “name=” query arguments to the URL, the console view is restricted to only showing changes made by the given users.

NOTE: To use this page, your buildbot.css file in public_html must be the one found in master/buildbot/status/web/files/default.css. This is the default for new installs, but upgrades of very old installs of Buildbot may need to manually fix the CSS file.

The console view is still in development. At this moment by default the view sorts revisions lexically, which can lead to odd behavior with non-integer revisions (e.g., git), or with integer revisions of different length (e.g., 999 and 1000). It also has some issues with displaying multiple braches at the same time. If you do have multiple branches, you should use the “branch=” query argument. The order_console_by_time option may help sorting revisions, although it depends on the date being set correctly in each commit:

          w = html.WebStatus(http_port=8080, order_console_by_time=True)

/rss
This provides a rss feed summarizing all failed builds. The same query-arguments used by 'waterfall' can be added to filter the feed output.
/atom
This provides an atom feed summarizing all failed builds. The same query-arguments used by 'waterfall' can be added to filter the feed output.
/json
This view provides quick access to Buildbot status information in a form that is easiliy digested from other programs, including JavaScript. See /json/help for detailed interactive documentation of the output formats for this view.
/buildstatus?builder=$BUILDERNAME&number=$BUILDNUM
This displays a waterfall-like chronologically-oriented view of all the steps for a given build number on a given builder.
/builders/$BUILDERNAME
This describes the given Builder, and provides buttons to force a build. A numbuilds= argument will control how many build lines are displayed (5 by default).
/builders/$BUILDERNAME/builds/$BUILDNUM
This describes a specific Build.
/builders/$BUILDERNAME/builds/$BUILDNUM/steps/$STEPNAME
This describes a specific BuildStep.
/builders/$BUILDERNAME/builds/$BUILDNUM/steps/$STEPNAME/logs/$LOGNAME
This provides an HTML representation of a specific logfile.
/builders/$BUILDERNAME/builds/$BUILDNUM/steps/$STEPNAME/logs/$LOGNAME/text
This returns the logfile as plain text, without any HTML coloring markup. It also removes the “headers”, which are the lines that describe what command was run and what the environment variable settings were like. This maybe be useful for saving to disk and feeding to tools like 'grep'.
/changes
This provides a brief description of the ChangeSource in use (see Change Sources).
/changes/NN
This shows detailed information about the numbered Change: who was the author, what files were changed, what revision number was represented, etc.
/buildslaves
This summarizes each BuildSlave, including which Builders are configured to use it, whether the buildslave is currently connected or not, and host information retrieved from the buildslave itself.

A “no_builders=1“ URL argument will omit the builders column. This is useful if each buildslave is assigned to a large number of builders.

/one_line_per_build
This page shows one line of text for each build, merging information from all Builders11. Each line specifies the name of the Builder, the number of the Build, what revision it used, and a summary of the results. Successful builds are in green, while failing builds are in red. The date and time of the build are added to the right-hand edge of the line. The lines are ordered by build finish timestamp.

One or more builder= or branch= arguments can be used to restrict the list. In addition, a numbuilds= argument will control how many lines are displayed (20 by default).

/builders
This page shows a small table, with one box for each Builder, containing the results of the most recent Build. It does not show the individual steps, or the current status. This is a simple summary of buildbot status: if this page is green, then all tests are passing.

As with /one_line_per_build, this page will also honor builder= and branch= arguments.

/about
This page gives a brief summary of the Buildbot itself: software version, versions of some libraries that the Buildbot depends upon, etc. It also contains a link to the buildbot.net home page.

There are also a set of web-status resources that are intended for use by other programs, rather than humans.

/change_hook
This provides an endpoint for web-based source change notification. It is used by github and contrib/post_build_request.py. See Change Hooks for more details.


Next: , Previous: Buildbot Web Resources, Up: WebStatus
4.14.1.2 WebStatus Configuration Parameters

HTTP Connection

The most common way to run a WebStatus is on a regular TCP port. To do this, just pass in the TCP port number when you create the WebStatus instance; this is called the http_port argument:

     from buildbot.status.html import WebStatus
     c['status'].append(http_port=WebStatus(http_port=8080))

The http_port argument is actually a “strports specification” for the port that the web server should listen on. This can be a simple port number, or a string like http_port="tcp:8080:interface=127.0.0.1" (to limit connections to the loopback interface, and therefore to clients running on the same host)12.

If instead (or in addition) you provide the distrib_port argument, a twisted.web distributed server will be started either on a TCP port (if distrib_port is like "tcp:12345") or more likely on a UNIX socket (if distrib_port is like "unix:/path/to/socket").

The public_html option gives the path to a regular directory of HTML files that will be displayed alongside the various built-in URLs buildbot supplies. This is most often used to supply CSS files (/buildbot.css) and a top-level navigational file (/index.html), but can also serve any other files required - even build results!

Authorization

The buildbot web status is, by default, read-only. It displays lots of information, but users are not allowed to affect the operation of the buildmaster. However, there are a number of supported activities that can be enabled, and Buildbot can also perform rudimentary username/password authentication. The actions are:

forceBuild
force a particular builder to begin building, optionally with a specific revision, branch, etc.
forceAllBuilds
force all builders to start building
pingBuilder
"ping" a builder's buildslaves to check that they are alive
gracefulShutdown
gracefully shut down a slave when it is finished with its current build
stopBuild
stop a running build
stopAllBuilds
stop all running builds
cancelPendingBuild
cancel a build that has not yet started
stopChange
cancel builds that include a given change number
cleanShutdown
shut down the master gracefully, without interrupting builds

For each of these actions, you can configure buildbot to never allow the action, always allow the action, allow the action to any authenticated user, or check with a function of your creation to determine whether the action is OK.

This is all configured with the Authz class:

     from buildbot.status.html import WebStatus
     from buildbot.status.web.authz import Authz
     authz = Authz(
         forceBuild=True,
         stopBuild=True)
     c['status'].append(http_port=WebStatus(http_port=8080, authz=authz))

Each of the actions listed above is an option to Authz. You can specify False (the default) to prohibit that action or True to enable it.

Authentication

If you do not wish to allow strangers to perform actions, but do want developers to have such access, you will need to add some authentication support. Pass an instance of status.web.auth.IAuth as a auth keyword argument to Authz, and specify the action as "auth".

     from buildbot.status.html import WebStatus
     from buildbot.status.web.authz import Authz
     from buildbot.status.web.auth import BasicAuth
     users = [('bob', 'secret-pass'), ('jill', 'super-pass')]
     authz = Authz(auth=BasicAuth(users),
         forceBuild='auth', # only authenticated users
         pingBuilder=True, # but anyone can do this
     )
     c['status'].append(WebStatus(http_port=8080, authz=authz))
     # or
     from buildbot.status.web.auth import HTPasswdAuth
     auth = (HTPasswdAuth('/path/to/htpasswd'))

The class BasicAuth implements a basic authentication mechanism using a list of user/password tuples provided from the configuration file. The class HTPasswdAuth implements an authentication against an .htpasswd file.

If you need still-more flexibility, pass a function for the authentication action. That function will be called with an authenticated username and some action-specific arguments, and should return true if the action is authorized.

     def canForceBuild(username, builder_status):
         if builder_status.getName() == 'smoketest':
             return True # any authenticated user can run smoketest
         elif username == 'releng':
             return True # releng can force whatever they want
         else:
             return False # otherwise, no way.
     
     authz = Authz(auth=BasicAuth(users),
         forceBuild=canForceBuild)

The forceBuild and pingBuilder actions both supply a BuilderStatus object. The stopBuild action supplies a BuildStatus object. The cancelPendingBuild action supplies a BuildRequest. The remainder do not supply any extra arguments.

Logging configuration

The WebStatus uses a separate log file (http.log) to avoid clutter buildbot's default log (twistd.log) with request/response messages. This log is also, by default, rotated in the same way as the twistd.log file, but you can also customize the rotation logic with the following parameters if you need a different behaviour.

rotateLength

An integer defining the file size at which log files are rotated.

maxRotatedFiles

The maximum number of old log files to keep.

URL-decorating options

These arguments adds an URL link to various places in the WebStatus, such as revisions, repositories, projects and, optionally, ticket/bug references in change comments.

revlink

The revlink is used to create links from revision IDs in the web status to a web-view of your source control system. The parameter's value must be a format string, a dict mapping a string (repository name) to format strings, or a callable.

The format string should use '%s' to insert the revision id in the url. For example, for Buildbot on github: revlink='http://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/tree/%s' (The revision ID will be URL encoded before inserted in the replacement string)

The callable takes the revision id and repository argument, and should return an URL to the revision. Note that the revision id may not always be in the form you expect, so code defensively. In particular, a revision of "??" may be supplied when no other information is available.

Note that SourceStamps that are not created from version-control changes (e.g., those created by a Nightly or Periodic scheduler) will have an empty repository string, as the respository is not known.

changecommentlink

The changecommentlink argument can be used to create links to ticket-ids from change comments (i.e. #123).

The argument can either be a tuple of three strings, a dictionary mapping strings (project names) to tuples or a callable taking a changetext (a jinja2.Markup instance) and a project name, returning a the same change text with additional links/html tags added to it.

If the tuple is used, it should contain three strings where the first element is a regex that searches for strings (with match groups), the second is a replace-string that, when substituted with \1 etc, yields the URL and the third is the title attribute of the link. (The <a href="" title=""></a> is added by the system.) So, for Trac tickets (#42, etc): changecommentlink(r"#(\d+)", r"http://buildbot.net/trac/ticket/\1", r"Ticket \g<0>") .

projects

A dictionary from strings to strings, mapping project names to URLs, or a callable taking a project name and returning an URL.

repositories

Same as the projects arg above, a dict or callable mapping project names to URLs.

Display-Specific Options

The order_console_by_time option affects the rendering of the console; see the description of the console above.

The numbuilds option determines the number of builds that most status displays will show. It can usually be overriden in the URL, e.g., ?numbuilds=13.

The num_events option gives the default number of events that the waterfall will display. The num_events_max gives the maximum number of events displayed, even if the web browser requests more.


Previous: WebStatus Configuration Parameters, Up: WebStatus
4.14.1.3 Change Hooks

The /change_hook url is a magic URL which will accept HTTP requests and translate them into changes for buildbot. Implementations (such as a trivial json-based endpoint and a github implementation) can be found in master/buildbot/status/web/hooks. The format of the url is /change_hook/DIALECT where DIALECT is a package within the hooks directory. Change_hook is disabled by default and each DIALECT has to be enabled separately, for security reasons

An example WebStatus configuration line which enables change_hook and two DIALECTS:

     c['status'].append(html.WebStatus(http_port=8010,allowForce=True,
                             change_hook_dialects={
                                     'base': True,
                                     'somehook': {'option1':True,
                                                 'option2':False}}))

Within the WebStatus arguments, the change_hook key enables/disables the module and change_hook_dialects whitelists DIALECTs where the keys are the module names and the values are optional arguments which will be passed to the hooks.

The post_build_request.py script in master/contrib allows for the submission of an arbitrary change request. Run post_build_request.py --help for more information. The 'base' dialect must be enabled for this to work.

github hook

The github hook is simple and takes no options.

     c['status'].append(html.WebStatus(..
                         change_hook_dialects={ 'github' : True }))

With this set up, add a Post-Receive URL for the project in the Github administrative interface, pointing to /change_hook/github relative to the root of the web status. For example, if the grid URL is http://builds.mycompany.com/bbot/grid, then point Github to http://builds.mycompany.com/bbot/change_hook/github. To specify a project assoicated to the repository, append ?project=name to the URL.

Note that there is a standalone HTTP server available for receiving github notifications, as well: contrib/github_buildbot.py. This script may be useful in cases where you cannot expose the WebStatus for public consumption.


Next: , Previous: WebStatus, Up: Status Targets

4.14.2 MailNotifier

The buildbot can also send email when builds finish. The most common use of this is to tell developers when their change has caused the build to fail. It is also quite common to send a message to a mailing list (usually named “builds” or similar) about every build.

The MailNotifier status target is used to accomplish this. You configure it by specifying who mail should be sent to, under what circumstances mail should be sent, and how to deliver the mail. It can be configured to only send out mail for certain builders, and only send messages when the build fails, or when the builder transitions from success to failure. It can also be configured to include various build logs in each message.

By default, the message will be sent to the Interested Users list (see Doing Things With Users), which includes all developers who made changes in the build. You can add additional recipients with the extraRecipients argument. You can also add interested users by setting the owners build property to a list of users in the scheduler constructor (see Configuring Schedulers).

Each MailNotifier sends mail to a single set of recipients. To send different kinds of mail to different recipients, use multiple MailNotifiers.

The following simple example will send an email upon the completion of each build, to just those developers whose Changes were included in the build. The email contains a description of the Build, its results, and URLs where more information can be obtained.

     from buildbot.status.mail import MailNotifier
     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org", lookup="example.org")
     c['status'].append(mn)

To get a simple one-message-per-build (say, for a mailing list), use the following form instead. This form does not send mail to individual developers (and thus does not need the lookup= argument, explained below), instead it only ever sends mail to the “extra recipients” named in the arguments:

     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                       sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                       extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'])

If your SMTP host requires authentication before it allows you to send emails, this can also be done by specifying “smtpUser” and “smptPassword”:

     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="myuser@gmail.com",
                       sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                       extraRecipients=["listaddr@example.org"],
                       relayhost="smtp.gmail.com", smtpPort=587,
                       smtpUser="myuser@gmail.com", smtpPassword="mypassword")

If you want to require Transport Layer Security (TLS), then you can also set “useTls”:

     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="myuser@gmail.com",
                       sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                       extraRecipients=["listaddr@example.org"],
                       useTls=True, relayhost="smtp.gmail.com", smtpPort=587,
                       smtpUser="myuser@gmail.com", smtpPassword="mypassword")

Note that if you see twisted.mail.smtp.TLSRequiredError exceptions in the log while using TLS, this can be due either to the server not supporting TLS or to a missing pyopenssl package on the buildmaster system.

In some cases it is desirable to have different information then what is provided in a standard MailNotifier message. For this purpose MailNotifier provides the argument messageFormatter (a function) which allows for the creation of messages with unique content.

For example, if only short emails are desired (e.g., for delivery to phones)

     from buildbot.status.builder import Results
     def messageFormatter(mode, name, build, results, master_status):
         result = Results[results]
     
         text = list()
         text.append("STATUS: %s" % result.title())
         return {
             'body' : "\n".join(text),
             'type' : 'plain'
         }
     
     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                       sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                       mode='problem',
                       extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'],
                       messageFormatter=messageFormatter)

Another example of a function delivering a customized html email containing the last 80 log lines of the last build step is given below:

     from buildbot.status.builder import Results
     
     def html_message_formatter(mode, name, build, results, master_status):
         """Provide a customized message to BuildBot's MailNotifier.
     
         The last 80 lines of the log are provided as well as the changes
         relevant to the build.  Message content is formatted as html.
         """
         result = Results[results]
     
         limit_lines = 80
         text = list()
         text.append(u'<h4>Build status: %s</h4>' % result.upper())
         text.append(u'<table cellspacing="10"><tr>')
         text.append(u"<td>Buildslave for this Build:</td><td><b>%s</b></td></tr>" % build.getSlavename())
         if master_status.getURLForThing(build):
             text.append(u'<tr><td>Complete logs for all build steps:</td><td><a href="%s">%s</a></td></tr>'
                         % (master_status.getURLForThing(build),
                            master_status.getURLForThing(build))
                         )
             text.append(u'<tr><td>Build Reason:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % build.getReason())
             source = u""
             ss = build.getSourceStamp()
             if ss.branch:
                 source += u"[branch %s] " % ss.branch
             if ss.revision:
                 source +=  ss.revision
             else:
                 source += u"HEAD"
             if ss.patch:
                 source += u" (plus patch)"
             text.append(u"<tr><td>Build Source Stamp:</td><td><b>%s</b></td></tr>" % source)
             text.append(u"<tr><td>Blamelist:</td><td>%s</td></tr>" % ",".join(build.getResponsibleUsers()))
             text.append(u'</table>')
             if ss.changes:
                 text.append(u'<h4>Recent Changes:</h4>')
                 for c in ss.changes:
                     cd = c.asDict()
                     when = datetime.datetime.fromtimestamp(cd['when'] ).ctime()
                     text.append(u'<table cellspacing="10">')
                     text.append(u'<tr><td>Repository:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % cd['repository'] )
                     text.append(u'<tr><td>Project:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % cd['project'] )
                     text.append(u'<tr><td>Time:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % when)
                     text.append(u'<tr><td>Changed by:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % cd['who'] )
                     text.append(u'<tr><td>Comments:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % cd['comments'] )
                     text.append(u'</table>')
                     files = cd['files']
                     if files:
                         text.append(u'<table cellspacing="10"><tr><th align="left">Files</th><th>URL</th></tr>')
                         for file in files:
                             text.append(u'<tr><td>%s:</td><td>%s</td></tr>' % (file['name'], file['url']))
                         text.append(u'</table>')
             text.append(u'<br>')
             # get log for last step
             logs = build.getLogs()
             # logs within a step are in reverse order. Search back until we find stdio
             for log in reversed(logs):
                 if log.getName() == 'stdio':
                     break
             name = "%s.%s" % (log.getStep().getName(), log.getName())
             status, dummy = log.getStep().getResults()
             content = log.getText().splitlines() # Note: can be VERY LARGE
             url = u'%s/steps/%s/logs/%s' % (master_status.getURLForThing(build),
                                            log.getStep().getName(),
                                            log.getName())
     
             text.append(u'<i>Detailed log of last build step:</i> <a href="%s">%s</a>'
                         % (url, url))
             text.append(u'<br>')
             text.append(u'<h4>Last %d lines of "%s"</h4>' % (limit_lines, name))
             unilist = list()
             for line in content[-limit_lines:]:
                 unilist.append(cgi.escape(unicode(line,'utf-8')))
             text.append(u'<pre>'.join([uniline for uniline in unilist]))
             text.append(u'</pre>')
             text.append(u'<br><br>')
             text.append(u'<b>-The BuildBot</b>')
             return {
                 'body': u"\n".join(text),
                 'type': 'html'
                 }
     
     mn = MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                       sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                       mode='failing',
                       extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'],
                       messageFormatter=message_formatter)

MailNotifier arguments

fromaddr
The email address to be used in the 'From' header.
sendToInterestedUsers
(boolean). If True (the default), send mail to all of the Interested Users. If False, only send mail to the extraRecipients list.
extraRecipients
(list of strings). A list of email addresses to which messages should be sent (in addition to the InterestedUsers list, which includes any developers who made Changes that went into this build). It is a good idea to create a small mailing list and deliver to that, then let subscribers come and go as they please.
subject
(string). A string to be used as the subject line of the message. %(builder)s will be replaced with the name of the builder which provoked the message.
mode
(string). Default to 'all'. One of:
all
Send mail about all builds, both passing and failing
change
Only send mail about builds which change status
failing
Only send mail about builds which fail
warning
Only send mail about builds which fail or generate warnings
passing
Only send mail about builds which succeed
problem
Only send mail about a build which failed when the previous build has passed. If your builds usually pass, then this will only send mail when a problem occurs.

builders
(list of strings). A list of builder names for which mail should be sent. Defaults to None (send mail for all builds). Use either builders or categories, but not both.
categories
(list of strings). A list of category names to serve status information for. Defaults to None (all categories). Use either builders or categories, but not both.
addLogs
(boolean). If True, include all build logs as attachments to the messages. These can be quite large. This can also be set to a list of log names, to send a subset of the logs. Defaults to False.
addPatch
(boolean). If True, include the patch content if a patch was present. Patches are usually used on a Try server. Defaults to True.
buildSetSummary
(boolean). If True, send a single summary email consisting of the concatenation of all build completion messages rather than a completion message for each build. Defaults to False.
relayhost
(string). The host to which the outbound SMTP connection should be made. Defaults to 'localhost'
smtpPort
(int). The port that will be used on outbound SMTP connections. Defaults to 25.
useTls
(boolean). When this argument is True (default is False) MailNotifier sends emails using TLS and authenticates with the relayhost. When using TLS the arguments smtpUser and smtpPassword must also be specified.
smtpUser
(string). The user name to use when authenticating with the relayhost.
smtpPassword
(string). The password that will be used when authenticating with the relayhost.
lookup
(implementor of IEmailLookup). Object which provides IEmailLookup, which is responsible for mapping User names (which come from the VC system) into valid email addresses. If not provided, the notifier will only be able to send mail to the addresses in the extraRecipients list. Most of the time you can use a simple Domain instance. As a shortcut, you can pass as string: this will be treated as if you had provided Domain(str). For example, lookup='twistedmatrix.com' will allow mail to be sent to all developers whose SVN usernames match their twistedmatrix.com account names. See buildbot/status/mail.py for more details.
messageFormatter
This is a optional function that can be used to generate a custom mail message. A messageFormatter function takes the mail mode (mode), builder name (name), the build status (build), the result code (results), and the BuildMaster status (master_status). It returns a dictionary. The body key gives a string that is the complete text of the message. The type key is the message type ('plain' or 'html'). The 'html' type should be used when generating an HTML message. The subject key is optional, but gives the subject for the email.
extraHeaders
(dictionary) A dictionary containing key/value pairs of extra headers to add to sent e-mails. Property interpolation is not supported in this version.

As a help to those writing messageFormatter functions, the following table describes how to get some useful pieces of information from the various status objects:

•Name of the builder that generated this event
name
•Name of the project
master_status.getTitle()
•MailNotifier mode
mode (one of all, failing, problem, change, passing)
•Builder result as a string
          from buildbot.status.builder import Results
          result_str = Results[results]
          # one of 'success', 'warnings', 'failure', 'skipped', or 'exception'

•URL to build page
master_status.getURLForThing(build)
•URL to buildbot main page.
master_status.getBuildbotURL()
•Build text
build.getText()
•Mapping of property names to values
build.getProperties() (a Properties instance)
•Slave name
build.getSlavename()
•Build reason (from a forced build)
build.getReason()
•List of responsible users
build.getResponsibleUsers()
•Source information (only valid if ss is not None)
          ss = build.getSourceStamp()
          if ss:
              branch = ss.branch
              revision = ss.revision
              patch = ss.patch
              changes = ss.changes # list

A change object has the following useful information:

who
(str) who made this change
revision
(str) what VC revision is this change
branch
(str) on what branch did this change occur
when
(str) when did this change occur
files
(list of str) what files were affected in this change
comments
(str) comments reguarding the change.
The Change methods asText and asDict can be used to format the information above. asText returns a list of strings and asDict returns a dictonary suitable for html/mail rendering.
•Log information
          logs = list()
          for log in build.getLogs():
              log_name = "%s.%s" % (log.getStep().getName(), log.getName())
              log_status, dummy = log.getStep().getResults()
              log_body = log.getText().splitlines() # Note: can be VERY LARGE
              log_url = '%s/steps/%s/logs/%s' % (master_status.getURLForThing(build),
                                                 log.getStep().getName(),
                                                 log.getName())
              logs.append((log_name, log_url, log_body, log_status))


Next: , Previous: MailNotifier, Up: Status Targets

4.14.3 IRC Bot

The buildbot.status.words.IRC status target creates an IRC bot which will attach to certain channels and be available for status queries. It can also be asked to announce builds as they occur, or be told to shut up.

     from buildbot.status import words
     irc = words.IRC("irc.example.org", "botnickname",
                     channels=[{"channel": "#example1"},
                               {"channel": "#example2",
                                "password": "somesecretpassword"}],
                     password="mysecretnickservpassword",
                     notify_events={
                       'exception': 1,
                       'successToFailure': 1,
                       'failureToSuccess': 1,
                     })
     c['status'].append(irc)

Take a look at the docstring for words.IRC for more details on configuring this service. Note that the useSSL option requires PyOpenSSL. The password argument, if provided, will be sent to Nickserv to claim the nickname: some IRC servers will not allow clients to send private messages until they have logged in with a password. We can also specify a different port number. Defalut values is 6667.

To use the service, you address messages at the buildbot, either normally (botnickname: status) or with private messages (/msg botnickname status). The buildbot will respond in kind.

If you issue a command that is currently not available, the buildbot will respond with an error message. If the noticeOnChannel=True option was used, error messages will be sent as channel notices instead of messaging. The default value is noticeOnChannel=False.

Some of the commands currently available:

list builders
Emit a list of all configured builders
status BUILDER
Announce the status of a specific Builder: what it is doing right now.
status all
Announce the status of all Builders
watch BUILDER
If the given Builder is currently running, wait until the Build is finished and then announce the results.
last BUILDER
Return the results of the last build to run on the given Builder.
notify on|off|list EVENT
Report events relating to builds. If the command is issued as a private message, then the report will be sent back as a private message to the user who issued the command. Otherwise, the report will be sent to the channel. Available events to be notified are:
started
A build has started
finished
A build has finished
success
A build finished successfully
failure
A build failed
exception
A build generated and exception
xToY
The previous build was x, but this one is Y, where x and Y are each one of success, warnings, failure, exception (except Y is capitalized). For example: successToFailure will notify if the previous build was successful, but this one failed

help COMMAND
Describe a command. Use help commands to get a list of known commands.
source
Announce the URL of the Buildbot's home page.
version
Announce the version of this Buildbot.

Additionally, the config file may specify default notification options as shown in the example earlier.

If the allowForce=True option was used, some addtional commands will be available:

force build [--branch=BRANCH] [--revision=REVISION] BUILDER REASON
Tell the given Builder to start a build of the latest code. The user requesting the build and REASON are recorded in the Build status. The buildbot will announce the build's status when it finishes. The user can specify a branch and/or revision with the optional parameters --branch=BRANCH and --revision=REVISION.
stop build BUILDER REASON
Terminate any running build in the given Builder. REASON will be added to the build status to explain why it was stopped. You might use this if you committed a bug, corrected it right away, and don't want to wait for the first build (which is destined to fail) to complete before starting the second (hopefully fixed) build.

If the categories is set to a category of builders (see categories option in Builder Configuration) changes related to only that category of builders will be sent to the channel.


Next: , Previous: IRC Bot, Up: Status Targets

4.14.4 PBListener

     import buildbot.status.client
     pbl = buildbot.status.client.PBListener(port=int, user=str,
                                             passwd=str)
     c['status'].append(pbl)

This sets up a PB listener on the given TCP port, to which a PB-based status client can connect and retrieve status information. buildbot statusgui (see statusgui) is an example of such a status client. The port argument can also be a strports specification string.


Next: , Previous: PBListener, Up: Status Targets

4.14.5 StatusPush

     def Process(self):
       print str(self.queue.popChunk())
       self.queueNextServerPush()
     
     import buildbot.status.status_push
     sp = buildbot.status.status_push.StatusPush(serverPushCb=Process,
                                                 bufferDelay=0.5,
                                                 retryDelay=5)
     c['status'].append(sp)

StatusPush batches events normally processed and sends it to the serverPushCb callback every bufferDelay seconds. The callback should pop items from the queue and then queue the next callback. If no items were poped from self.queue, retryDelay seconds will be waited instead.


Next: , Previous: StatusPush, Up: Status Targets

4.14.6 HttpStatusPush

     import buildbot.status.status_push
     sp = buildbot.status.status_push.HttpStatusPush(
             serverUrl="http://example.com/submit")
     c['status'].append(sp)

HttpStatusPush builds on StatusPush and sends HTTP requests to serverUrl, with all the items json-encoded. It is useful to create a status front end outside of buildbot for better scalability.


Next: , Previous: HttpStatusPush, Up: Status Targets

4.14.7 GerritStatusPush

     from buildbot.status.status_gerrit import GerritStatusPush
     
     def gerritReviewCB(builderName, build, result, arg):
         message =  "Buildbot finished compiling your patchset\n"
         message += "on configuration: %s\n" % builderName
         message += "The result is: %s\n" % Results[result].upper()
     
         if arg:
             message += "\nFor more details visit:\n"
             message += "%sbuilders/%s/builds/%d\n" % (arg, builderName, build.getNumber())
     
         # message, verified, reviewed
         return message, (result == 0 or -1), 0
     
     c['buildbotURL'] = 'http://buildbot.example.com/'
     c['status'].append(GerritStatusPush('127.0.0.1', 'buildbot',
                                         reviewCB=gerritReviewCB,
                                         reviewArg=c['buildbotURL']))

GerritStatusPush sends review of the Change back to the Gerrit server.


Next: , Previous: GerritStatusPush, Up: Status Targets

4.14.8 Writing New Status Plugins

TODO: this needs a lot more examples

Each status plugin is an object which provides the twisted.application.service.IService interface, which creates a tree of Services with the buildmaster at the top [not strictly true]. The status plugins are all children of an object which implements buildbot.interfaces.IStatus, the main status object. From this object, the plugin can retrieve anything it wants about current and past builds. It can also subscribe to hear about new and upcoming builds.

Status plugins which only react to human queries (like the Waterfall display) never need to subscribe to anything: they are idle until someone asks a question, then wake up and extract the information they need to answer it, then they go back to sleep. Plugins which need to act spontaneously when builds complete (like the MailNotifier plugin) need to subscribe to hear about new builds.

If the status plugin needs to run network services (like the HTTP server used by the Waterfall plugin), they can be attached as Service children of the plugin itself, using the IServiceCollection interface.


Previous: Writing New Status Plugins, Up: Status Targets

4.14.9 Status Target Index


Previous: Status Targets, Up: Configuration

4.15 Configuration Index


Next: , Previous: Configuration, Up: Top

5 Customization

For advanced users, Buildbot acts as a framework supporting a customized build framework. For the most part, such configurations consist of subclasses set up for use in a regular Buildbot configuration file.

This chapter describes the varieties of subclasses that are supported, and how to write them. For the most part, the interfaces themselves are documented in the API documentation.


Up: Customization

5.1 Writing Change Sources

For some version-control systems, making Bulidbot aware of new changes can be a challenge. If the pre-supplied classes in see Change Sources are not sufficient, then you will need to write your own.

There are three approaches, one of which is not even a change source. The first option is to write a change source that exposes some service to which the version control system can "push" changes. This can be more complicated, since it requires implementing a new service, but delivers changes to Buildbot immediately on commit.

The second option is often preferable to the first: implement a notification service in an external process (perhaps one that is started directly by the version control system, or by an email server) and delivers changes to Buildbot via see PBChangeSource. This section does not describe this particular approach, since it requires no customization within the buildmaster process.

The third option is to write a change source which polls for changes - repeatedly connecting to an external service to check for new changes. This works well in many cases, but can produce a high load on the version control system if polling is too frequent, and can take too long to notice changes if the polling is not frequent enough.


Next: , Up: Writing Change Sources

5.1.1 Writing a Change Source

A custom change source must implement buildbot.interfaces.IChangeSource.

The easiest way to do this is to subclass buildbot.changes.base.ChangeSource, implementing the describe method to describe the instance. ChangeSource is a Twisted service, so you will need to implement the startService and stopService methods to control the means by which your change source receives notifications.

When the class does receive a change, it should call self.master.addChange(..) to submit it to the buildmaster. This method shares the same parameters as master.db.changes.addChange, so consult the API documentation for that function for details on the available arguments.

You will probably also want to set compare_attrs to the list of object attributes which Buildbot will use to compare one change source to another when reconfiguring. During reconfiguration, if the new change source is different from the old, then the old will be stopped and the new started.


Previous: Writing a Change Source, Up: Writing Change Sources

5.1.2 Writing a Change Poller

Polilng is a very common means of seeking changes, so Buildbot supplies a utility parent class to make it easier. A poller should subclass buildbot.changes.base.PollingChangeSource, which is a subclass of ChangeSource. This subclass implements the Service methods, and causes the poll method to be called every self.pollInterval seconds. This method should return a Deferred to signal its completion.

Aside from the service methods, the other concerns in the previous section apply here, too.


Next: , Previous: Customization, Up: Top

6 Command-line Tools

This section describes command-line tools available after buildbot installation. Since version 0.8 the one-for-all buildbot command-line tool was divided into two parts namely buildbot and buildslave. The last one was separated from main command-line tool to minimize dependencies required for running a buildslave while leaving all other functions to buildbot tool.

Every command-line tool has a list of global options and a set of commands which have their own options. One can run these tools in the following way:

     buildbot [global options] command [command options]

Global options are the same for both tools which perform the following actions:

--help
Print general help about available commands and global options and exit. All subsequent arguments are ignored.
--verbose
Set verbose output.
--version
Print current buildbot version and exit. All subsequent arguments are ignored.

One can also get help on any command by specifying –help as a command option:

     buildbot command --help

You can also use manual pages for buildbot and buildslave for quick reference on command-line options.


Next: , Up: Command-line Tools

6.1 buildbot

The buildbot command-line tool can be used to start or stop a buildmaster and to interact with a running buildmaster. Some of its subcommands are intended for buildmaster admins, while some are for developers who are editing the code that the buildbot is monitoring.


Next: , Up: buildbot

6.1.1 Administrator Tools

The following buildbot sub-commands are intended for buildmaster administrators:


Next: , Up: Administrator Tools
6.1.1.1 create-master

This creates a new directory and populates it with files that allow it to be used as a buildmaster's base directory.

You will usually want to use the -r option to create a relocatable buildbot.tac. This allows you to move the master directory without editing this file.

     buildbot create-master -r BASEDIR


Next: , Previous: create-master, Up: Administrator Tools
6.1.1.2 start

This starts a buildmaster which was already created in the given base directory. The daemon is launched in the background, with events logged to a file named twistd.log.

     buildbot start BASEDIR


Next: , Previous: start (buildbot), Up: Administrator Tools
6.1.1.3 stop

This terminates the buildmaster running in the given directory.

     buildbot stop BASEDIR


Previous: stop (buildbot), Up: Administrator Tools
6.1.1.4 sighup

This sends a SIGHUP to the buildmaster running in the given directory, which causes it to re-read its master.cfg file.

     buildbot sighup BASEDIR


Next: , Previous: Administrator Tools, Up: buildbot

6.1.2 Developer Tools

These tools are provided for use by the developers who are working on the code that the buildbot is monitoring.


Next: , Up: Developer Tools
6.1.2.1 statuslog
     buildbot statuslog --master MASTERHOST:PORT

This command starts a simple text-based status client, one which just prints out a new line each time an event occurs on the buildmaster.

The --master option provides the location of the buildbot.status.client.PBListener status port, used to deliver build information to realtime status clients. The option is always in the form of a string, with hostname and port number separated by a colon (HOSTNAME:PORTNUM). Note that this port is not the same as the slaveport (although a future version may allow the same port number to be used for both purposes). If you get an error message to the effect of “Failure: twisted.cred.error.UnauthorizedLogin:”, this may indicate that you are connecting to the slaveport rather than a PBListener port.

The --master option can also be provided by the masterstatus name in .buildbot/options (see .buildbot config directory).


Next: , Previous: statuslog, Up: Developer Tools
6.1.2.2 statusgui

If you have set up a PBListener (see PBListener), you will be able to monitor your Buildbot using a simple Gtk+ application invoked with the buildbot statusgui command:

     buildbot statusgui --master MASTERHOST:PORT

This command starts a simple Gtk+-based status client, which contains a few boxes for each Builder that change color as events occur. It uses the same --master argument and masterstatus option as the buildbot statuslog command (see statuslog).


Previous: statusgui, Up: Developer Tools
6.1.2.3 try

This lets a developer to ask the question “What would happen if I committed this patch right now?”. It runs the unit test suite (across multiple build platforms) on the developer's current code, allowing them to make sure they will not break the tree when they finally commit their changes.

The buildbot try command is meant to be run from within a developer's local tree, and starts by figuring out the base revision of that tree (what revision was current the last time the tree was updated), and a patch that can be applied to that revision of the tree to make it match the developer's copy. This (revision, patch) pair is then sent to the buildmaster, which runs a build with that SourceStamp. If you want, the tool will emit status messages as the builds run, and will not terminate until the first failure has been detected (or the last success).

There is an alternate form which accepts a pre-made patch file (typically the output of a command like 'svn diff'). This “–diff” form does not require a local tree to run from. See See try, concerning the “–diff” command option.

For this command to work, several pieces must be in place: the See Try Schedulers, as well as some client-side configuration.

locating the master

The try command needs to be told how to connect to the try scheduler, and must know which of the authentication approaches described above is in use by the buildmaster. You specify the approach by using --connect=ssh or --connect=pb (or try_connect = 'ssh' or try_connect = 'pb' in .buildbot/options).

For the PB approach, the command must be given a --master argument (in the form HOST:PORT) that points to TCP port that you picked in the Try_Userpass scheduler. It also takes a --username and --passwd pair of arguments that match one of the entries in the buildmaster's userpass list. These arguments can also be provided as try_master, try_username, and try_password entries in the .buildbot/options file.

For the SSH approach, the command must be given --host and --username to get to the buildmaster host. It must also be given --jobdir, which points to the inlet directory configured above. The jobdir can be relative to the user's home directory, but most of the time you will use an explicit path like ~buildbot/project/jobdir. These arguments can be provided in .buildbot/options as try_host, try_username, and try_jobdir.

In addition, the SSH approach needs to connect to a PBListener status port, so it can retrieve and report the results of the build (the PB approach uses the existing connection to retrieve status information, so this step is not necessary). This requires a --masterstatus argument, or a try_masterstatus entry in .buildbot/options, in the form of a HOSTNAME:PORT string.

The following command line arguments are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

Likewise, the following .buildbot/options file entries are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

choosing the Builders

A trial build is performed on multiple Builders at the same time, and the developer gets to choose which Builders are used (limited to a set selected by the buildmaster admin with the TryScheduler's builderNames= argument). The set you choose will depend upon what your goals are: if you are concerned about cross-platform compatibility, you should use multiple Builders, one from each platform of interest. You might use just one builder if that platform has libraries or other facilities that allow better test coverage than what you can accomplish on your own machine, or faster test runs.

The set of Builders to use can be specified with multiple --builder arguments on the command line. It can also be specified with a single try_builders option in .buildbot/options that uses a list of strings to specify all the Builder names:

     try_builders = ["full-OSX", "full-win32", "full-linux"]

If you are using the PB approach, you can get the names of the builders that are configured for the try scheduler using the get-builder-names argument:

     buildbot try --get-builder-names --connect=pb --master=... --username=... --passwd=...

specifying the VC system

The try command also needs to know how to take the developer's current tree and extract the (revision, patch) source-stamp pair. Each VC system uses a different process, so you start by telling the try command which VC system you are using, with an argument like --vc=cvs or --vc=git. This can also be provided as try_vc in .buildbot/options.

The following names are recognized: bzr cvs darcs git hg mtn p4 svn

finding the top of the tree

Some VC systems (notably CVS and SVN) track each directory more-or-less independently, which means the try command needs to move up to the top of the project tree before it will be able to construct a proper full-tree patch. To accomplish this, the try command will crawl up through the parent directories until it finds a marker file. The default name for this marker file is .buildbot-top, so when you are using CVS or SVN you should touch .buildbot-top from the top of your tree before running buildbot try. Alternatively, you can use a filename like ChangeLog or README, since many projects put one of these files in their top-most directory (and nowhere else). To set this filename, use --topfile=ChangeLog, or set it in the options file with try_topfile = 'ChangeLog'.

You can also manually set the top of the tree with --topdir=~/trees/mytree, or try_topdir = '~/trees/mytree'. If you use try_topdir, in a .buildbot/options file, you will need a separate options file for each tree you use, so it may be more convenient to use the try_topfile approach instead.

Other VC systems which work on full projects instead of individual directories (darcs, mercurial, git, monotone) do not require try to know the top directory, so the --topfile and --topdir arguments will be ignored.

If the try command cannot find the top directory, it will abort with an error message.

The following command line arguments are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

determining the branch name

Some VC systems record the branch information in a way that “try” can locate it. For the others, if you are using something other than the default branch, you will have to tell the buildbot which branch your tree is using. You can do this with either the --branch argument, or a try_branch entry in the .buildbot/options file.

determining the revision and patch

Each VC system has a separate approach for determining the tree's base revision and computing a patch.

CVS
try pretends that the tree is up to date. It converts the current time into a -D time specification, uses it as the base revision, and computes the diff between the upstream tree as of that point in time versus the current contents. This works, more or less, but requires that the local clock be in reasonably good sync with the repository.
SVN
try does a svn status -u to find the latest repository revision number (emitted on the last line in the “Status against revision: NN” message). It then performs an svn diff -rNN to find out how your tree differs from the repository version, and sends the resulting patch to the buildmaster. If your tree is not up to date, this will result in the “try” tree being created with the latest revision, then backwards patches applied to bring it “back” to the version you actually checked out (plus your actual code changes), but this will still result in the correct tree being used for the build.
bzr
try does a bzr revision-info to find the base revision, then a bzr diff -r$base.. to obtain the patch.
Mercurial
hg identify --debug emits the full revision id (as opposed to the common 12-char truncated) which is a SHA1 hash of the current revision's contents. This is used as the base revision. hg diff then provides the patch relative to that revision. For try to work, your working directory must only have patches that are available from the same remotely-available repository that the build process' source.Mercurial will use.
Perforce
try does a p4 changes -m1 ... to determine the latest changelist and implicitly assumes that the local tree is synched to this revision. This is followed by a p4 diff -du to obtain the patch. A p4 patch differs sligtly from a normal diff. It contains full depot paths and must be converted to paths relative to the branch top. To convert the following restriction is imposed. The p4base (see see P4Source) is assumed to be //depot
Darcs
try does a darcs changes --context to find the list of all patches back to and including the last tag that was made. This text file (plus the location of a repository that contains all these patches) is sufficient to re-create the tree. Therefore the contents of this “context” file are the revision stamp for a Darcs-controlled source tree. It then does a darcs diff -u to compute the patch relative to that revision.
Git
git branch -v lists all the branches available in the local repository along with the revision ID it points to and a short summary of the last commit. The line containing the currently checked out branch begins with '* ' (star and space) while all the others start with ' ' (two spaces). try scans for this line and extracts the branch name and revision from it. Then it generates a diff against the base revision.
Monotone
mtn automate get_base_revision_id emits the full revision id which is a SHA1 hash of the current revision's contents. This is used as the base revision. mtn diff then provides the patch relative to that revision. For try to work, your working directory must only have patches that are available from the same remotely-available repository that the build process' source.Monotone will use.

showing who built

You can provide the --who=dev to designate who is running the try build. This will add the dev to the Reason field on the try build's status web page. You can also set try_who = dev in the .buildbot/options file. Note that --who=dev will not work on version 0.8.3 or earlier masters.

waiting for results

If you provide the --wait option (or try_wait = True in .buildbot/options), the buildbot try command will wait until your changes have either been proven good or bad before exiting. Unless you use the --quiet option (or try_quiet=True), it will emit a progress message every 60 seconds until the builds have completed.

Sometimes you might have a patch from someone else that you want to submit to the buildbot. For example, a user may have created a patch to fix some specific bug and sent it to you by email. You've inspected the patch and suspect that it might do the job (and have at least confirmed that it doesn't do anything evil). Now you want to test it out.

One approach would be to check out a new local tree, apply the patch, run your local tests, then use “buildbot try” to run the tests on other platforms. An alternate approach is to use the buildbot try --diff form to have the buildbot test the patch without using a local tree.

This form takes a --diff argument which points to a file that contains the patch you want to apply. By default this patch will be applied to the TRUNK revision, but if you give the optional --baserev argument, a tree of the given revision will be used as a starting point instead of TRUNK.

You can also use buildbot try --diff=- to read the patch from stdin.

Each patch has a “patchlevel” associated with it. This indicates the number of slashes (and preceding pathnames) that should be stripped before applying the diff. This exactly corresponds to the -p or --strip argument to the patch utility. By default buildbot try --diff uses a patchlevel of 0, but you can override this with the -p argument.

When you use --diff, you do not need to use any of the other options that relate to a local tree, specifically --vc, --topfile, or --topdir. These options will be ignored. Of course you must still specify how to get to the buildmaster (with --connect, --host, etc).


Next: , Previous: Developer Tools, Up: buildbot

6.1.3 Other Tools

These tools are generally used by buildmaster administrators.


Next: , Up: Other Tools
6.1.3.1 sendchange

This command is used to tell the buildmaster about source changes. It is intended to be used from within a commit script, installed on the VC server. It requires that you have a PBChangeSource (see PBChangeSource) running in the buildmaster (by being set in c['change_source']).

     buildbot sendchange --master MASTERHOST:PORT --auth USER:PASS \
             --who COMMITTER FILENAMES..

The auth option specifies the credentials to use to connect to the master, in the form user:pass. If the password is omitted, then sendchange will prompt for it. If both are omitted, the old default (username "change" and password "changepw") will be used. Note that this password is well-known, and should not be used on an internet-accessible port.

The master and who arguments can also be given in the options file (see .buildbot config directory). There are other (optional) arguments which can influence the Change that gets submitted:

--branch
(or option branch) This provides the (string) branch specifier. If omitted, it defaults to None, indicating the “default branch”. All files included in this Change must be on the same branch.
--category
(or option category) This provides the (string) category specifier. If omitted, it defaults to None, indicating “no category”. The category property can be used by Schedulers to filter what changes they listen to.
--project
(or option project) This provides the (string) project to which this change applies, and defaults to ”. The project can be used by schedulers to decide which builders should respond to a particular change.
--repository
(or option repository) This provides the repository from which this change came, and defaults to ”.
--revision
This provides a revision specifier, appropriate to the VC system in use.
--revision_file
This provides a filename which will be opened and the contents used as the revision specifier. This is specifically for Darcs, which uses the output of darcs changes --context as a revision specifier. This context file can be a couple of kilobytes long, spanning a couple lines per patch, and would be a hassle to pass as a command-line argument.
--property
This parameter is used to set a property on the Change generated by sendchange. Properties are specified as a name:value pair, separated by a colon. You may specify many properties by passing this parameter multiple times.
--comments
This provides the change comments as a single argument. You may want to use --logfile instead.
--logfile
This instructs the tool to read the change comments from the given file. If you use - as the filename, the tool will read the change comments from stdin.
--encoding
Specifies the character encoding for all other parameters, defaulting to 'utf8'.


Previous: sendchange, Up: Other Tools
6.1.3.2 debugclient
     buildbot debugclient --master MASTERHOST:PORT --passwd DEBUGPW

This launches a small Gtk+/Glade-based debug tool, connecting to the buildmaster's “debug port”. This debug port shares the same port number as the slaveport (see Setting the PB Port for Slaves), but the debugPort is only enabled if you set a debug password in the buildmaster's config file (see Debug Options). The --passwd option must match the c['debugPassword'] value.

--master can also be provided in .debug/options by the master key. --passwd can be provided by the debugPassword key. See .buildbot config directory.

The Connect button must be pressed before any of the other buttons will be active. This establishes the connection to the buildmaster. The other sections of the tool are as follows:

Reload .cfg
Forces the buildmaster to reload its master.cfg file. This is equivalent to sending a SIGHUP to the buildmaster, but can be done remotely through the debug port. Note that it is a good idea to be watching the buildmaster's twistd.log as you reload the config file, as any errors which are detected in the config file will be announced there.
Rebuild .py
(not yet implemented). The idea here is to use Twisted's “rebuild” facilities to replace the buildmaster's running code with a new version. Even if this worked, it would only be used by buildbot developers.
poke IRC
This locates a words.IRC status target and causes it to emit a message on all the channels to which it is currently connected. This was used to debug a problem in which the buildmaster lost the connection to the IRC server and did not attempt to reconnect.
Commit
This allows you to inject a Change, just as if a real one had been delivered by whatever VC hook you are using. You can set the name of the committed file and the name of the user who is doing the commit. Optionally, you can also set a revision for the change. If the revision you provide looks like a number, it will be sent as an integer, otherwise it will be sent as a string.
Force Build
This lets you force a Builder (selected by name) to start a build of the current source tree.
Currently
(obsolete). This was used to manually set the status of the given Builder, but the status-assignment code was changed in an incompatible way and these buttons are no longer meaningful.


Previous: Other Tools, Up: buildbot

6.1.4 .buildbot config directory

Many of the buildbot tools must be told how to contact the buildmaster that they interact with. This specification can be provided as a command-line argument, but most of the time it will be easier to set them in an “options” file. The buildbot command will look for a special directory named .buildbot, starting from the current directory (where the command was run) and crawling upwards, eventually looking in the user's home directory. It will look for a file named options in this directory, and will evaluate it as a python script, looking for certain names to be set. You can just put simple name = 'value' pairs in this file to set the options.

For a description of the names used in this file, please see the documentation for the individual buildbot sub-commands. The following is a brief sample of what this file's contents could be.

     # for status-reading tools
     masterstatus = 'buildbot.example.org:12345'
     # for 'sendchange' or the debug port
     master = 'buildbot.example.org:18990'
     debugPassword = 'eiv7Po'

Note carefully that the names in the options file usually do not match the command-line option name.

masterstatus
Equivalent to --master for statuslog and statusgui, this gives the location of the client.PBListener status port.
master
Equivalent to --master for debugclient and sendchange. This option is used for two purposes. It is the location of the debugPort for debugclient and the location of the pb.PBChangeSource for sendchange. Generally these are the same port.
debugPassword
Equivalent to --passwd for debugclient.

XXX Must match the value of c['debugPassword'], used to protect the debug port, for the debugclient command.

username
Equivalent to --username for the sendchange command.
branch
Equivalent to --branch for the sendchange command.
category
Equivalent to --category for the sendchange command.
try_connect
Equivalent to --connect, this specifies how the try command should deliver its request to the buildmaster. The currently accepted values are “ssh” and “pb”.
try_builders
Equivalent to --builders, specifies which builders should be used for the try build.
try_vc
Equivalent to --vc for try, this specifies the version control system being used.
try_branch
Equivlanent to --branch, this indicates that the current tree is on a non-trunk branch.
try_topdir
try_topfile
Use try_topdir, equivalent to --try-topdir, to explicitly indicate the top of your working tree, or try_topfile, equivalent to --try-topfile to name a file that will only be found in that top-most directory.
try_host
try_username
try_dir
When try_connect is “ssh”, the command will use try_host for --tryhost, try_username for --username, and try_dir for --trydir. Apologies for the confusing presence and absence of 'try'.
try_username
try_password
try_master
Similarly, when try_connect is “pb”, the command will pay attention to try_username for --username, try_password for --passwd, and try_master for --master.
try_wait
masterstatus
try_wait and masterstatus (equivalent to --wait and master, respectively) are used to ask the try command to wait for the requested build to complete.


Previous: buildbot, Up: Command-line Tools

6.2 buildslave

buildslave command-line tool is used for buildslave management only and does not provide any additional functionality. One can create, start, stop and restart the buildslave.


Next: , Up: buildslave

6.2.1 create-slave

This creates a new directory and populates it with files that let it be used as a buildslave's base directory. You must provide several arguments, which are used to create the initial buildbot.tac file.

The -r option is advisable here, just like for create-master.

     buildslave create-slave -r BASEDIR MASTERHOST:PORT SLAVENAME PASSWORD

The create-slave options are described in See Buildslave Options.


Next: , Previous: create-slave, Up: buildslave

6.2.2 start

This starts a buildslave which was already created in the given base directory. The daemon is launched in the background, with events logged to a file named twistd.log.

     buildbot start BASEDIR


Previous: start (buildslave), Up: buildslave

6.2.3 stop

This terminates the daemon buildslave running in the given directory.

     buildbot stop BASEDIR


Next: , Previous: Command-line Tools, Up: Top

7 Resources

The Buildbot home page is http://buildbot.net/.

For configuration questions and general discussion, please use the buildbot-devel mailing list. The subscription instructions and archives are available at http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/buildbot-devel

The #buildbot channel on Freenode's IRC servers hosts development discussion, and often folks are available to answer questions there, as well.


Next: , Previous: Resources, Up: Top

8 Developer Information

This chapter is the official repository for the collected wisdom of the Buildbot hackers.

It contains some sparse documentation of the inner workings of Buildbot, but of course, the final reference for that is the source itself.

More importantly, this chapter represents the official repository of all agreed-on patterns for use in Buildbot. In this case, the source is a terrible reference, because much of it is old and crusty. But we are trying to do things the new, better way, and those new, better ways are described here.


Next: , Up: Developer Information

8.1 Buildmaster Service Hierarchy

Buildbot uses Twisted's service hierarchy heavily. The hierarchy looks like this:


Next: , Previous: Buildmaster Service Hierarchy, Up: Developer Information

8.2 Access to Configuration

The master object makes much of the configuration available from an object named master.config. Configuration is stored as attributes of this object. Where possible, components should access this configuration directly and not cache the configuration values anywhere else. This avoids the need to ensure that update-from-configuration methods are called on a reconfig.

The available attributes are listed in the docstring for the buildbot.config.MasterConfig class.


Next: , Previous: Access to Configuration, Up: Developer Information

8.3 Utilities

Several small utilities are available at the top-level buildbot.util package. As always, see the API documentation for more information.

natualSort
This function sorts strings "naturally", with embedded numbers sorted numerically. This ordering is good for objects which might have a numeric suffix, e.g., winslave1, winslave2, ..
formatInterval
This function will return a human-readable string describing a length of time, given a number of seconds.
ComparableMixin
This mixin class adds comparability to a subclass. Use it like this:
          class Widget(FactoryProduct, ComparableMixin):
              compare_attrs = [ 'radius', 'thickness' ]
              # ...

Any attributes not in compare_attrs will not be considered when comparing objects. This is particularly useful in implementing buildbot's reconfig logic, where a simple comparison between the new and existing objects can determine whether the new object should replace the existing object.

safeTranslate
This function will filter out some inappropriate characters for filenames; it is suitable for adapting strings from the configuration for use as filenames. It is not suitable for use with strings from untrusted sources.
AsyncLRUCache
This is a least-recently-used cache. Its constructor takes a maximum size. When the cache grows beyond this size, the least-recently used items will be automatically removed from the cache. The class has a get method that takes a key and a function to call (with the key) when the key is not in the cache. Both get and the miss function return Deferreds.
deferredLocked
This is a decorator to wrap an event-driven method (one returning a Deferred) in an acquire/release pair of a designated DeferredLock. For simple functions with a static lock, this is as easy as
          someLock = defer.DeferredLock()
          @util.deferredLocked(someLock)
          def someLockedFunction(..):
              # ..
              return d

for class methods which must access a lock that is an instance attribute, the lock can be specified by a string, which will be dynamically resolved to the specific instance at runtime:

              def __init__(self):
                  self.someLock = defer.DeferredLock()
          
              @util.deferredLocked('someLock')
              def someLockedFunction(..):
                  # ..
                  return d

epoch2datetime
Convert a UNIX epoch timestamp (an integer) to a Python datetime object, in the UTC timezone. Note that timestamps specify UTC time (modulo leap seconds and a few other minor details).
datetime2epoch
Convert an arbitrary Python datetime object into a UNIX epoch timestamp.
UTC
A datetime.tzinfo subclass representing UTC time. A similar class has finally been added to Python in version 3.2, but the implementation is simple enough to include here. This is mostly used in tests to create timezeon-aware datetime objects in UTC:
          dt = datetime.datetime(1978, 6, 15, 12, 31, 15, tzinfo=UTC)


Next: , Up: Utilities

8.3.1 buildbot.util.bbcollections

This package provides a few useful collection objects. Note that it used to be named collections, but without absolute imports (PEP 328), this precluded using the standard library's collections module.

For compatibility, it provides a clone of the Python bbcollections.defaultdict for use in Python-2.4. In later versions, this is simply a reference to the built-in defaultdict, so buildbot code can simply use buildbot.util.collections.defaultdict everywhere.

It also provides a KeyedSets class that can represent any numbers of sets, keyed by name (or anything hashable, really). The object is specially tuned to contain many different keys over its lifetime without wasting memory. See the docstring for more information.


Next: , Previous: buildbot.util.bbcollections, Up: Utilities

8.3.2 buildbot.util.eventual

This package provides a simple way to say "please do this later":

     from buildbot.util.eventual import eventually
     def do_what_I_say(what, where):
         # ...
     eventually(do_what_I_say, "clean up", "your bedroom")

The package defines "later" as "next time the reactor has control", so this is a good way to avoid long loops that block other activity in the reactor. Callables given to eventually are guaranteed to be called in the same order as the calls to eventually. Any errors from the callable are logged, but will not affect other callables.

If you need a deferred that will fire "later", use fireEventually. This function returns a deferred that will not errback.


Previous: buildbot.util.eventual, Up: Utilities

8.3.3 buildbot.util.json

This package is just an import of the best available JSON module. Use it instead of a more complex conditional import of simplejson or json.


Next: , Previous: Utilities, Up: Developer Information

8.4 The Database

TODO


Next: , Up: The Database

8.4.1 Database Schema

The SQL for the database schema is available in buildbot/db/schema/tables.sql. However, note that this file is not used for new installations or upgrades of the Buildbot database.

Instead, the buildbot.db.schema.DBSchemaManager handles this task. The operation of this class centers around a linear sequence of database versions. Versions start at 0, which is the old pickle-file format. The manager has methods to query the version of the database, and the current version from the source code. It also has an upgrade method which will upgrade the database to the latest version. This operation is currently irreversible.

There is no operation to "install" the latest schema. Instead, a fresh install of buildbot begins with an (empty) version-0 database, and upgrades to the current version. This trades a bit of efficiency at install time for assurances that the upgrade code is well-tested.


Previous: Database Schema, Up: The Database

8.4.2 Changing the Schema

To make a change to the database schema, follow these steps:

  1. Increment CURRENT_VERSION in buildbot/db/schema/manager.py by one. This is your new version number.
  2. Create buildbot/db/schema/vN.py, where N is your version number, by copying the previous script and stripping it down. This script should define a subclass of buildbot.db.schema.base.Updater named Updater.

    The class must define the method upgrade, which takes no arguments. It should upgrade the database from the previous version to your version, including incrementing the number in the VERSION table, probably with an UPDATE query.

    Consult the API documentation for the base class for information on the attributes that are available.

  3. Edit buildbot/test/unit/test_db_schema_master.py. If your upgrade involves moving data from the basedir into the database proper, then edit fill_basedir to add some test data.

    Add code to assertDatabaseOKEmpty to check that your upgrade works on an empty database.

    Add code to assertDatabaseOKFull to check that your upgrade works on a database with pre-existing data. Do this even if your changes do not move any data from the basedir.

    Run the tests to find the bugs you introduced in step 2.

  4. Increment the version number in the test_get_current_version test in the same file. Only do this after you've finished the previous step - a failure of this test is a good reminder that testing isn't done yet.
  5. Updated the version number in buildbot/db/schema/tables.sql, too.
  6. Finally, make the corresponding changes to buildbot/db/schema/tables.sql.


Next: , Previous: The Database, Up: Developer Information

8.5 Log File Format

The master currently stores each logfile in a single file, which may have a standard compression applied.

The format is a special case of the netstrings protocol - see http://cr.yp.to/proto/netstrings.txt. The text in each netstring consists of a one-digit channel identifier followed by the data from that channel.

The formatting is implemented in the LogFile class in buildbot/status/logfile.py, and in particular by the merge method.


Next: , Previous: Log File Format, Up: Developer Information

8.6 Web Status


Next: , Up: Web Status

8.6.1 Jinja Web Templates

Buildbot uses Jinja2 to render its web interface. The authoritative source for this templating engine is its own documentation, of course, but a few notes are in order for those who are making only minor modifications.

Whitespace

Jinja directives are enclosed in {% .. %}, and sometimes also have dashes. These dashes strip whitespace in the output. For example:

     {% for entry in entries %}
       <li>{{ entry }}</li>
     {% endfor %}

will produce output with too much whitespace:

     
       <li>pigs</li>
     
     
       <li>cows</li>
     

But adding the dashes will collapse that whitespace completely:

     {% for entry in entries -%}
       <li>{{ entry }}</li>
     {%- endfor %}

yields

     <li>pigs</li><li>cows</li>


Previous: Jinja Web Templates, Up: Web Status

8.6.2 Web Authorization Framework

Whenever any part of the web framework wants to perform some action on the buildmaster, it should check the user's authorization first.

Always check authorization twice: once to decide whether to show the option to the user (link, button, form, whatever); and once before actually performing the action.

To check whether to display the option, you'll usually want to pass an authz object to the Jinja template in your HtmlResource subclass:

         def content(self, req, cxt):
             # ...
             cxt['authz'] = self.getAuthz(req)
             template = ...
             return template.render(**cxt)

and then determine whether to advertise the action in th template:

     {{ if authz.advertiseAction('myNewTrick') }}
       <form action="{{ myNewTrick_url }}"> ...
     {{ endif }}

Actions can optionally require authentication, so use needAuthForm to determine whether to require a 'username' and 'passwd' field in the generated form. These fields are usually generated by the auth() form:

     {% if authz.needAuthForm('myNewTrick') %}
       {{ auth() }}
     {% endif %}

Once the POST request comes in, it's time to check authorization again. This usually looks something like

     if not self.getAuthz(req).actionAllowed('myNewTrick', req, someExtraArg):
         return Redirect(path_to_authfail(req))

The someExtraArg is optional (it's handled with *args, so you can have several if you want), and is given to the user's authorization function. For example, a build-related action should pass the build status, so that the user's authorization function could ensure that devs can only operate on their own builds.

The available actions are listed in see WebStatus Configuration Parameters.


Next: , Previous: Web Status, Up: Developer Information

8.7 Obfuscating Passwords

It's often necessary to pass passwords to commands on the slave, but it's no fun to see those passwords appear for everyone else in the build log. The Obfuscated class can help here. Instantiate it with a real string and a fake string that should appear in logfiles. You can then use the Obfuscated.get_real and Obfuscated.get_fake static methods to convert a list of command words to the real or fake equivalent.

The RunProcess implementation in the buildslave will apply these methods automatically, so just feed it a list of strings and Obfuscated objects.


Next: , Previous: Obfuscating Passwords, Up: Developer Information

8.8 Master-Slave API

This section is a (very incomplete) description of the master-slave interface. The interface is based on Twisted's Perspective Broker.

Connection

The slave connects to the master, using the parameters supplied to buildslave create-slave. It uses a reconnecting process with an exponential backoff, and will automatically reconnect on disconnection.

Once connected, the slave authenticates with the Twisted Cred (newcred) mechanism, using the username and password supplied to buildslave create-slave. The "mind" is the slave bot instance (class buildslave.bot.Bot).

On the master side, the realm is implemented by buildbot.master.Dispatcher, which examines the username of incoming avatar requests. There are special cases for change, debug, and statusClient, which are not discussed here. For all other usernames, the botmaster is consulted, and if a slave with that name is configured, its buildbot.buildslave.BuildSlave instance is returned as the perspective.

Build Slaves

At this point, the master-side BuildSlave object has a pointer to the remote, slave-side Bot object in self.slave, and the slave-side Bot object has a reference to the master-side BuildSlave object in self.perspective.

Bot methods

The slave-side object has the following remote methods:

remote_getCommands
Returns a list of (name, version) for all commands the slave recognizes
remote_setBuilderList
Given a list of builders and their build directories, ensures that those builders, and only those builders, are running. This can be called after the initial connection is established, with a new list, to add or remove builders.

This method returns a dictionary of SlaveBuilder objects - see below

remote_print
Adds a message to the slave logfile
remote_getSlaveInfo
Returns the contents of the slave's info/ directory. Also contains the keys
environ
copy of the slaves environment
system
OS the slave is running (extracted from pythons os.name)
basedir
base directory where slave is running

remote_getVersion
Returns the slave's version

BuildSlave methods

The master-side object has the following method:

perspective_keepalive
Does nothing - used to keep traffic flowing over the TCP connection

Slave Builders

Each build slave has a set of builders which can run on it. These are represented by distinct classes on the master and slave, just like the BuildSlave and Bot objects described above.

On the slave side, builders are represented as instances of the buildslave.bot.SlaveBuilder class. On the master side, they are represented by the buildbot.process.slavebuilder.SlaveBuilder class. The following will refer to these as the slave-side and master-side SlaveBuilder classes. Each object keeps a reference to its opposite in self.remote.

slave-side SlaveBuilder methods

remote_setMaster
Provides a reference to the master-side SlaveBuilder
remote_print
Adds a message to the slave logfile; used to check round-trip connectivity
remote_startBuild
Indicates that a build is about to start, and that any subsequent commands are part of that build
remote_startCommand
Invokes a command on the slave side
remote_interruptCommand
Interrupts the currently-running command
remote_shutdown
Shuts down the slave cleanly

master-side SlaveBuilder methods

The master side does not have any remotely-callable methods.

Setup

After the initial connection and trading of a mind (Bot) for an avatar (BuildSlave), the master calls the Bot's setBuilderList method to set up the proper slave builders on the slave side. This method returns a reference to each of the new slave-side SlaveBuilder objects. Each of these is handed to the corresponding master-side SlaveBuilder object. This immediately calls the remote setMaster method, then the print method.

Pinging

To ping a remote SlaveBuilder, the master calls the print method.

Building

When a build starts, the msater calls the slave's startBuild method. Each BuildStep instance will subsequently call the startCommand method, passing a reference to itself as the stepRef parameter. The startCommand method returns immediately, and the end of the command is signalled with a call to a method on the master-side BuildStep object.

master-side BuildStep methods

remote_update
Update information about the running command. See below for the format.
remote_complete
Signal that the command is complete, either successfully or with a Twisted failure.

Updates from the slave are a list of individual update elements. Each update element is, in turn, a list of the form [data, 0] where the 0 is present for historical reasons. The data is a dictionary, with keys describing the contents, e.g., header, stdout, or the name of a logfile. If the key is rc, then the value is the exit status of the command. No further updates should be sent after an rc.


Next: , Previous: Master-Slave API, Up: Developer Information

8.9 Twisted Idioms


Up: Twisted Idioms

8.9.1 Helpful Twisted Classes

Twisted has some useful, but little-known classes. They are listed here with brief descriptions, but you should consult the API documentation or source code for the full details.


Next: , Previous: Twisted Idioms, Up: Developer Information

8.10 Buildbot Tests


Next: , Up: Buildbot Tests

8.10.1 Toward Better Buildbot Tests

In general, we are trying to ensure that new tests are good. So what makes a good test?

Independent of Time

Tests that depend on wall time will fail. As a bonus, they run very slowly. Do not use reactor.callLater to wait "long enough" for something to happen.

For testing things that themselves depend on time, consider using twisted.internet.tasks.Clock. This may mean passing a clock instance to the code under test, and propagating that instance as necessary to ensure that all of the code using callLater uses it. Refactoring code for testability is difficult, but wortwhile.

For testing things that do not depend on time, but for which you cannot detect the "end" of an operation: add a way to detect the end of the operation!

Clean Code

Make your tests readable. This is no place to skimp on comments! Others will attempt to learn about the expected behavior of your class by reading the tests. As a side note, if you use a Deferred chain in your test, write the callbacks as nested functions, rather than using object methods with funny names:

     def testSomething(self):
       d = doThisFirst()
       def andThisNext(res):
         pass # ...
       d.addCallback(andThisNext)
       return d

This isolates the entire test into one indented block. It is OK to add methods for common functionality, but give them real names and explain in detail what they do.

Good Name

Your test module should be named after the package or class it tests, replacing . with _ and omitting the buildbot_. For example, test_status_web_authz_Authz.py tests the Authz class in buildbot/status/web/authz.py. Modules with only one class, or a few trivial classes, can be tested in a single test module. For more complex situations, prefer to use multiple test modules.

Test method names should follow the pattern test_METHOD_CONDITION where METHOD is the method being tested, and CONDITION is the condition under which it's tested. Since we can't always test a single method, this is not a hard-and-fast rule.

Assert Only One Thing

Each test should have a single assertion. This may require a little bit of work to get several related pieces of information into a single Python object for comparison. The problem with multiple assertions is that, if the first assertion fails, the remainder are not tested. The test results then do not tell the entire story.

If you need to make two unrelated assertions, you should be running two tests.

Use Mocks and Stubs

Mocks assert that they are called correctly. Stubs provide a predictable base on which to run the code under test. See Mock Object and Method Stub.

Mock objects can be constructed easily using the aptly-named mock module, which is a requirement for Buildbot's tests.

One of the difficulties with Buildbot is that interfaces are unstable and poorly documented, which makes it difficult to design stubs. A common repository for stubs, however, will allow any interface changes to be reflected in only one place in the test code.

Small Tests

The shorter each test is, the better. Test as little code as possible in each test.

It is fine, and in fact encouraged, to write the code under test in such a way as to facilitate this. As an illustrative example, if you are testing a new Step subclass, but your tests require instantiating a BuildMaster, you're probably doing something wrong! (Note that this rule is almost universally violated in the existing buildbot tests).

This also applies to test modules. Several short, easily-digested test modules are preferred over a 1000-line monster.

Isolation

Each test should be maximally independent of other tests. Do not leave files laying around after your test has finished, and do not assume that some other test has run beforehand. It's fine to use caching techniques to avoid repeated, lengthy setup times.

Be Correct

Tests should be as robust as possible, which at a basic level means using the available frameworks correctly. All deferreds should have callbacks and be chained properly. Error conditions should be checked properly. Race conditions should not exist (see "Independent of Time", above).

Be Helpful

Note that tests will pass most of the time, but the moment when they are most useful is when they fail.

When the test fails, it should produce output that is helpful to the person chasing it down. This is particularly important when the tests are run remotely, in which case the person chasing down the bug does not have access to the system on which the test fails. A test which fails sporadically with no more information than "AssertionFailed?" is a prime candidate for deletion if the error isn't obvious. Making the error obvious also includes adding comments describing the ways a test might fail.

Mixins

Do not define setUp and tearDown directly in a mixin. This is the path to madness. Instead, define a myMixinNameSetUp and myMixinNameTearDown, and call them explicitlyi from the subclass's setUp and tearDown. This makes it perfectly clear what is being set up and torn down from a simple analysis of the test case.


Next: , Previous: Toward Better Buildbot Tests, Up: Buildbot Tests

8.10.2 Keeping State in Tests

Python does not allow assignment to anything but the innermost local scope or the global scope with the global keyword. This presents a problem when creating nested functions:

     def test_localVariable(self):
         cb_called = False
         def cb():
             cb_called = True
         cb()
         self.assertTrue(cb_called) # will fail!

The cb_called = True assigns to a different variable than cb_called = False. In production code, it's usually best to work around such problems, but in tests this is often the clearest way to express the behavior under test.

The solution is to change something in a common mutable object. While a simple list can serve as such a mutable object, this leads to code that is hard to read. Instead, use State:

     from buildbot.test.state import State
     
     def test_localVariable(self):
         state = State(cb_called=False)
         def cb():
             state.cb_called = True
         cb()
         self.assertTrue(state.cb_called) # passes

This is almost as readable as the first example, but it actually works.


Previous: Keeping State in Tests, Up: Buildbot Tests

8.10.3 Better Debugging through Monkeypatching

The module buildbot.test.util.monkeypatches contains a few monkey-patches to Twisted that detect errors a bit better. These patches shouldn't affect correct behavior, so it's worthwhile including something like this in the header of every test file:

     from buildbot.test.util.monkeypatches import monkeypatch
     monkeypatch()


Next: , Previous: Buildbot Tests, Up: Developer Information

8.11 String Encodings

Buildbot expects all strings used internally to be valid Unicode strings - not bytestrings.

Note that Buildbot rarely feeds strings back into external tools in such a way that those strings must match. For example, Buildbot does not attempt to access the filenames specified in a Change. So it is more important to store strings in a manner that will be most useful to a human reader (e.g., in logfiles, web status, etc.) than to store them in a lossless format.

Inputs

On input, strings should be decoded, if their encoding is known. Where necessary, the assumed input encoding should be configurable. In some cases, such as filenames, this encoding is not known or not well-defined (e.g., a utf-8 encoded filename in a latin-1 directory). In these cases, the input mechanisms should make a best effort at decoding, and use e.g., the errors='replace' option to fail gracefully on un-decodable characters.

Outputs

At most points where Buildbot outputs a string, the target encoding is known. For example, the web status can encode to utf-8. In cases where it is not known, it should be configurable, with a safe fallback (e.g., ascii with errors='replace').


Next: , Previous: String Encodings, Up: Developer Information

8.12 Metrics

New in buildbot 0.8.4 is support for tracking various performance metrics inside the buildbot master process. Currently these are logged periodically according to the log_interval configuration setting of the Metrics Options configuration.

If Web Status is enabled, the metrics data is also available via /json/metrics.

The metrics subsystem is implemented in buildbot.process.metrics. It makes use of twisted's logging system to pass metrics data from all over buildbot's code to a central MetricsLogObserver object, which is available at BuildMaster.metrics or via Status.getMetrics().


Next: , Up: Metrics

8.12.1 Metric Events

MetricEvent objects represent individual items to monitor. There are three sub-classes implemented:

MetricCountEvent
Records incremental increase or decrease of some value, or an absolute measure of some value.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricCountEvent
          
          # We got a new widget!
          MetricCountEvent.log('num_widgets', 1)
          
          # We have exactly 10 widgets
          MetricCountEvent.log('num_widgets', 10, absolute=True)

MetricTimeEvent
Measures how long things take. By default the average of the last 10 times will be reported.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricTimeEvent
          
          # function took 0.001s
          MetricTimeEvent.log('time_function', 0.001)

MetricAlarmEvent
Indicates the health of various metrics.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricAlarmEvent, ALARM_OK
          
          # num_slaves looks ok
          MetricAlarmEvent.log('num_slaves', level=ALARM_OK)


Next: , Previous: Metric Events, Up: Metrics

8.12.2 Metric Handlers

MetricsHandler objects are responsble for collecting MetricEvents of a specific type and keeping track of their values for future reporting. There are MetricsHandler classes corresponding to each of the MetricEvent types.


Next: , Previous: Metric Handlers, Up: Metrics

8.12.3 Metric Watchers

Watcher objects can be added to MetricsHandlers to be called when metric events of a certain type are received. Watchers are generally used to record alarm events in response to count or time events.


Previous: Metric Watchers, Up: Metrics

8.12.4 Metric Helpers

countMethod(name)
A function decorator that counts how many times the function is called.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import countMethod
          
          @countMethod('foo_called')
          def foo():
              return "foo!"

Timer(name)
Timer objects can be used to make timing events easier. When Timer.stop() is called, a MetricTimeEvent is logged with the elapsed time since timer.start() was called.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import Timer
          
          def foo():
              t = Timer('time_foo')
              t.start()
              try:
                  for i in range(1000):
                      calc(i)
                  return "foo!"
              finally:
                  t.stop()

Timer objects also provide a pair of decorators, startTimer/stopTimer to decorate other functions.

          from buildbot.process.metrics import Timer
          
          t = Timer('time_thing')
          
          @t.startTimer
          def foo():
              return "foo!"
          
          @t.stopTimer
          def bar():
              return "bar!"
          
          foo()
          bar()

timeMethod(name)
A function decorator that measures how long a function takes to execute. Note that many functions in buildbot return deferreds, so may return before all the work they set up has completed. Using an explicit Timer is better in this case.
          from buildbot.process.metrics import timeMethod
          
          @timeMethod('time_foo')
          def foo():
              for i in range(1000):
                  calc(i)
              return "foo!"


Previous: Metrics, Up: Developer Information

8.13 Developer Class Index


Previous: Developer Information, Up: Top

Index


Footnotes

[1] this @reboot syntax is understood by Vixie cron, which is the flavor usually provided with linux systems. Other unices may have a cron that doesn't understand @reboot

[2] except Darcs, but since the Buildbot never modifies its local source tree we can ignore the fact that Darcs uses a less centralized model

[3] many VC systems provide more complexity than this: in particular the local views that P4 and ClearCase can assemble out of various source directories are more complex than we're prepared to take advantage of here

[4] this checkoutDelay defaults to half the tree-stable timer, but it can be overridden with an argument to the Source Step

[5] Build properties are serialized along with the build results, so they must be serializable. For this reason, the value of any build property should be simple inert data: strings, numbers, lists, tuples, and dictionaries. They should not contain class instances.

[6] framboozle.com is still available. Remember, I get 10% :).

[7] Framboozle gets very excited about running unit tests.

[8] See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read/write_lock_pattern for more information.

[9] Deadlock is the situation where two or more slaves each hold a lock in exclusive mode, and in addition want to claim the lock held by the other slave exclusively as well. Since locks allow at most one exclusive user, both slaves will wait forever.

[10] Starving is the situation that only a few locks are available, and they are immediately grabbed by another build. As a result, it may take a long time before all locks needed by the starved build are free at the same time.

[11] Apparently this is the same way http://buildd.debian.org displays build status

[12] It may even be possible to provide SSL access by using a specification like "ssl:12345:privateKey=mykey.pen:certKey=cert.pem", but this is completely untested